summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/27300-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 02:34:29 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 02:34:29 -0700
commita731ca3df8bc29e20fa93555eeb105c0d1108ed3 (patch)
treec56d6322bb01fd5fe62bde29a9dee5dbf0f0102d /27300-h
initial commit of ebook 27300HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '27300-h')
-rw-r--r--27300-h/27300-h.htm9247
-rw-r--r--27300-h/images/cover.jpgbin0 -> 88853 bytes
2 files changed, 9247 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/27300-h/27300-h.htm b/27300-h/27300-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04a1d13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27300-h/27300-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,9247 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+ <head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+ <title>
+ The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Young Adventurer, by Horatio Alger, Jr.
+ </title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */
+<!--
+ p {margin-top: .75em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ text-indent: 1.25em;
+ margin-bottom: .75em;
+ }
+ img {border: 0;}
+ .tnote {border: dashed 1px; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em;
+ padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;}
+ ins {text-decoration:none; border-bottom: thin dotted gray;}
+ h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+ text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+ clear: both;
+ }
+ hr { width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ clear: both;
+ }
+
+ table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+ body{margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ }
+
+ .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+ /* visibility: hidden; */
+ position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: smaller;
+ text-align: right;
+ } /* page numbers */
+ .copyright {text-align: center; font-size: 70%;}
+ .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%; text-align: justify;}
+
+ .bbox {border: solid 2px; margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em;
+ padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;}
+
+ .center {text-align: center;}
+ .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+ .caption {font-weight: bold;}
+
+ .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+
+ .figleft {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top:
+ 1em; margin-right: 1em; padding: 0; text-align: center;}
+
+ .figright {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;}
+
+ .unindent {margin-top: .75em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-bottom: .75em;
+ }
+ .right {text-align: right;}
+ .poem {margin-left: 30%; margin-right: 10%; text-align: left;}
+ .poem2 {margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 10%; text-align: left;}
+ .sig {margin-right: 10%; text-align: right;}
+ .u {text-decoration: underline;}
+ .hang1 {text-indent: -3em; margin-left: 3em;}
+ // -->
+ /* XML end ]]>*/
+ </style>
+ </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Young Adventurer, by Horatio Alger
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Young Adventurer
+ or Tom's Trip Across the Plains
+
+Author: Horatio Alger
+
+Release Date: November 20, 2008 [EBook #27300]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE YOUNG ADVENTURER ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Fox in the Stars, Brenda Lewis, Emmy and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 373px;">
+<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="373" height="600" alt="Cover" title="Cover" />
+</div>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[1]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2>THE</h2>
+
+<h1>YOUNG ADVENTURER</h1>
+
+<h4>OR</h4>
+
+<h3>TOM'S TRIP ACROSS THE PLAINS</h3>
+
+<h3>BY</h3>
+
+<h2>HORATIO ALGER, JR.</h2>
+
+<div class='copyright'>
+AUTHOR OF "THE BACKWOODS BOY," "FROM CANAL BOY TO<br />
+PRESIDENT," "WALTER SHERWOOD'S PROBATION," "NED<br />
+NEWTON," "ADRIFT IN NEW YORK," ETC.<br /><br /><br /><br /><br />
+</div>
+
+
+<div class ='center'>
+<small>NEW YORK</small><br />
+HURST &amp; COMPANY<br />
+<small>PUBLISHERS</small><br /></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[2]</a></span></p>
+<div class='bbox'>
+<h3><span class="u">ALGER SERIES FOR BOYS.</span></h3>
+
+
+<div class='center'>UNIFORM WITH THIS VOLUME.<br />
+
+<big><span class="smcap">By</span> HORATIO ALGER, JR.</big></div>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Horatio Alger books">
+<tr><td align='left'>Adrift in New York.</td><td align='left'>Making His Way.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Andy Gordon.</td><td align='left'>Only an Irish Boy.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Andy Grant's Pluck.</td><td align='left'>Paul, the Peddler.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Bob Burton.</td><td align='left'>Phil, the Fiddler.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Bound to Rise.</td><td align='left'>Ralph Raymond's Heir.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Brave and Bold.</td><td align='left'>Risen from the Ranks.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Cash Boy.</td><td align='left'>Sam's Chance.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Chester Rand.</td><td align='left'>Shifting for Himself.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Do and Dare.</td><td align='left'>Sink or Swim.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Driven from Home.</td><td align='left'>Slow and Sure.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Erie Train Boy.</td><td align='left'>Store Boy.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Facing the World.</td><td align='left'>Strive and Succeed.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Hector's Inheritance.</td><td align='left'>Strong and Steady.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Helping Himself.</td><td align='left'>Tin Box.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Herbert Carter's Legacy.</td><td align='left'>Tom, the Bootblack.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>In a New World.</td><td align='left'>Tony, the Tramp.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Jack's Ward.</td><td align='left'>Try and Trust.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Jed, the Poor House Boy.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align='left'>Young Acrobat.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Julius, the Street Boy.</td><td align='left'>Young Outlaw.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Luke Walton.</td><td align='left'>Young Salesman.</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'><br />
+<i>Price Post-Paid, 35c. each, or any three books for $1.00.</i><br />
+<br />
+
+HURST &amp; COMPANY<br />
+<span class="smcap">Publishers, &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;New York.</span><br /></div></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[3]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Contents">
+<tr><td align='left' colspan='2'><small>CHAPTER</small></td><td align='right'><small>PAGE</small></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>I</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;MARK NELSON'S FAMILY</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_3">3</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>II</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM FINDS A WALLET</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_10">10</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>III</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM ASKS A LOAN</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_17">17</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>IV</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM ASKS LEAVE OF ABSENCE</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_25">25</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>V</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM RAISES THE MONEY</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_33">33</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>VI</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM ARRIVES IN PITTSBURG</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_42">42</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>VII</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;THE PITTSBURG HOUSE</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_51">51</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>VIII</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;GRAHAM IN HIS TRUE COLORS</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_59">59</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>IX</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;THE "RIVER BELLE"</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_68">68</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>X</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;ON THE STEAMER</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_76">76</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XI</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;THE FIRST DAY ON THE RIVER</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_85">85</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XII</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;NO. 61 AND NO. 62</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_94">94</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XIII</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;GRAHAM'S DISAPPOINTMENT</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_104">104</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XIV</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;COMING TO AN UNDERSTANDING</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_113">113</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XV</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;THE ALLEGHANY HOUSE</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_117">117</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XVI</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;THE EVENTS OF A MORNING</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_122">122</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XVII</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM'S ARREST</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_131">131</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XVIII</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM GETS OUT OF HIS DIFFICULTY</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_140">140</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XIX</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;A MISSOURI TAVERN</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_149">149</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XX</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;ST. JOE</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_158">158</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXI</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;HOW THINGS WENT ON AT HOME</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_167">167</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXII</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;THE YOUNG MAN FROM BOSTON</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_175">175</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXIII</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;MR. PEABODY'S TROUBLES</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_184">184</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXIV</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;A SAD SIGHT</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_192">192</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXV</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;A NIGHT PANIC</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_201">201</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXVI</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;MR. PEABODY IS WORSTED</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_209">209</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXVII</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;THE LOST HORSE</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_217">217</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXVIII</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;INDIAN CASUISTRY</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_221">221</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXIX</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;A RACE FOR LIFE</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_230">230</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXX</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM BECOMES AN INDIAN</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_234">234</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXXI</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM GIVES A MAGICAL SOIREE</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_240">240</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXXII</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM'S ESCAPE</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_247">247</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>THE YOUNG ADVENTURER.</h2>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER I.</h2>
+
+<h3>MARK NELSON'S FAMILY.</h3>
+
+
+<p>"<span class="smcap">I wish</span> I could pay off the mortgage on my
+farm," said Mark Nelson soberly, taking his
+seat on the left of the fireplace, in the room
+where his wife and family were assembled.</p>
+
+<p>"Have you paid the interest, Mark?" asked
+his wife.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; I paid it this afternoon, and it has
+stripped me of money completely. I have less
+than five dollars in my pocketbook toward
+buying you and the children clothes for the
+winter."</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind me," said his wife cheerfully.
+"I am pretty well provided for."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, mother," said Sarah, the oldest
+daughter, a girl of fourteen; "you haven't had
+a new dress for a year."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I have enough to last me till spring, at
+any rate," said the mother.</p>
+
+<p>"You never buy anything for yourself."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't go in rags, do I?" asked Mrs. Nelson,
+with a smile.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Nelson had a happy disposition, which
+led her to accept uncomplainingly, and even
+cheerfully, the sacrifices which, as the wife of
+a farmer in poor circumstances, she was compelled
+to make.</p>
+
+<p>"You are right, Sarah," said Mark Nelson.
+"Your mother never seems to think of
+herself. She might have been much better off
+if she had not married me."</p>
+
+<p>The children did not understand this allusion.
+They had never been told that their
+mother had received an offer from Squire Hudson,
+the wealthiest man in the village, but had
+chosen instead to marry Mark Nelson, whose
+only property was a small farm, mortgaged for
+half its value. Her rejected admirer took the
+refusal hard, for, as much as it was possible
+for him, he loved the prettiest girl in the village,
+as Mary Dale was generally regarded.
+But Mary knew him to be cold and selfish,
+and could not make up her mind to marry
+him. If she had done so, she would now be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span>
+living in the finest house in the village, with
+the chance of spending the winter in New
+York or Boston, instead of drudging in an
+humble home, where there was indeed enough
+to eat, but little money for even necessary purposes.
+She had never regretted her decision.
+Her husband, though poor, was generally respected
+and liked, while the squire, though his
+money procured him a certain degree of consideration,
+had no near or attached friends.</p>
+
+<p>To Squire Hudson many in the village paid
+tribute; for he held mortgages on twenty
+farms and buildings, and was strict in exacting
+prompt payment of the interest semi-annually.
+It was he to whom Mark Nelson's
+farm was mortgaged for two thousand dollars.
+The mortgage had originally been for fifteen
+hundred dollars, but five years before it had
+been increased to two thousand, which represented
+more than half the sum which it would
+have fetched, if put up for sale. The interest
+on this sum amounted to a hundred and twenty
+dollars a year, which Mark Nelson always
+found it hard to raise. Could he have retained
+it in his hands, and devoted it to the use of
+his family, it would have helped them wonderfully,
+with Mrs. Nelson's good management.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Tom, the oldest boy, now approaching his
+sixteenth birthday, looked up from a book he
+was reading. He was a bright-looking boy,
+with brown hair, a ruddy complexion, and
+dark-blue eyes, who looked, and was, frank
+and manly.</p>
+
+<p>"What is the amount of your interest?"
+he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Sixty dollars every half-year, Tom. That
+is what I paid to Squire Hudson this afternoon.
+It would have made us very comfortable,
+if I only could have kept it."</p>
+
+<p>"It would have done you more good than
+the squire," said Sarah.</p>
+
+<p>"He has more money than he knows what
+to do with," said her father, almost complainingly.
+"It seems hard that money should be
+so unevenly distributed."</p>
+
+<p>"Money is not happiness," said Mrs. Nelson
+quietly.</p>
+
+<p>"No; but it helps to buy happiness."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think Squire Hudson is as happy
+a man as you, Mark."</p>
+
+<p>Mark Nelson's face softened as he surveyed
+his wife and children.</p>
+
+<p>"I am happy at home," he said, "and I
+don't think the squire is."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I am sure he isn't," said Tom. "Mrs. Hudson
+is sour and ill-tempered, and Sinclair&mdash;the
+only child&mdash;is a second edition of his
+mother. He is the most unpopular boy in the
+village."</p>
+
+<p>"Still," said the farmer, not quite convinced,
+"money is an important element of
+happiness, and a farmer stands a very poor
+chance of acquiring it. Tom, I advise you not
+to be a farmer."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't mean to be if I can help it," said
+Tom. "I am ready for any opening that offers.
+I hope some day to pay off the mortgage on the
+farm, and make you a free man, father."</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you for your good intentions, Tom;
+but two thousand dollars is a large sum of
+money."</p>
+
+<p>"I know it, father; but I was reading in a
+daily paper, not long since, of a boy, as poor
+as myself, who was worth twenty-five thousand
+dollars by the time he was thirty. Why
+shouldn't this happen to me?"</p>
+
+<p>"Don't build castles in the air, Tom," said
+his mother sensibly.</p>
+
+<p>"At least, mother, I may hope for good luck.
+I have been wanting to talk to you both about<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span>
+my future prospects. I shall be sixteen next
+week, and it is time I did something."</p>
+
+<p>"You are doing something&mdash;working on the
+farm now, Tom."</p>
+
+<p>"That don't count. Father advises me not
+to be a farmer, and I agree with him. I think
+I am capable of making my way in the world
+in some other way, where I can earn more
+money. There is Walter, who likes the
+country, to stay with you."</p>
+
+<p>Walter, the third child, was now twelve
+years of age, with decided country tastes.</p>
+
+<p>"I would like to be a farmer as well as
+anything," said Walter. "I like the fresh air.
+I shouldn't like to be cooped up in a store, or
+to live in the city. Let Tom go if he likes."</p>
+
+<p>"I have no objection," said Mr. Nelson;
+"but I have neither money nor influence to
+help him. He will have to make his own way."</p>
+
+<p>"I am not afraid to try," said Tom courageously.
+"From this day I will look out for a
+chance, if you and mother are willing."</p>
+
+<p>"I shall not oppose your wishes, Tom," said
+Mrs. Nelson gravely, "though it will be a sad
+day for me when you leave your home."</p>
+
+<p>"That isn't the way to look at it, mother,"
+said Tom. "If gold pieces grew on currant<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span>
+bushes, it wouldn't be necessary for me to
+leave home to make a living."</p>
+
+<p>"I wish they did," said Harry, a boy nine
+years of age.</p>
+
+<p>"What would you do then, Harry?" asked
+his brother, smiling.</p>
+
+<p>"I would buy a velocipede and a pair of
+skates."</p>
+
+<p>"I heard of a boy once who found a penny
+in the field, right under a potato-vine," said
+Walter.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't believe it," said Harry.</p>
+
+<p>"It's true, for I was the boy."</p>
+
+<p>"Where did it come from?"</p>
+
+<p>"Tom put it there to fool me."</p>
+
+<p>"Won't you put one there to fool me,
+Tom?" asked Harry.</p>
+
+<p>"You are too smart, Harry," said Tom,
+laughing. "My pennies are too few to try such
+experiments. I hope, by the time you are as
+old as Walter, to give you something better."</p>
+
+<p>The conversation drifted to other topics,
+with which we are not concerned. Tom, however,
+did not forget it. He felt that an important
+question had that evening been decided
+for him. He had only thought of making
+a start for himself hitherto. Now he had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span>
+broached the subject, and received the permission
+of his father and mother. The world was
+all before him where to choose. His available
+capital was small, it is true, amounting
+only to thirty-seven cents and a jack-knife;
+but he had, besides, a stout heart, a pair of
+strong hands, an honest face, and plenty of
+perseverance&mdash;not a bad equipment for a
+young adventurer.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER II.</h2>
+
+<h3>TOM FINDS A WALLET.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Since</span> the time of which I am writing, over
+sixty years have passed, for it was in the year
+1850 that Tom made up his mind to leave home
+and seek a fortune. The papers were full of
+the new gold discoveries in the new country
+which had recently been added to the great republic.
+Thousands were hurrying to the land
+of gold; men who had been unfortunate at
+home, or, though moderately well situated,
+were seized by the spirit of adventure. At considerable
+sacrifice many raised the means of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span>
+reaching the new El Dorado, while others borrowed
+or appropriated the necessary sum.
+Some, able to do neither, set out on a venture,
+determined to get there in some way.</p>
+
+<p>In the weekly paper, to which Mr. Nelson
+had for years been a subscriber, Tom had
+read a good deal about California. His youthful
+fancy had been wrought upon by the brilliant
+pictures of a land where a penniless man
+might, if favored by fortune, secure a competence
+in a twelvemonth, and he ardently
+wished that he, too, might have the chance of
+going there. It was a wish, but not an expectation.
+It would cost at least two hundred
+dollars to reach the Pacific coast, and there was
+no hope of getting a tithe of that sum.</p>
+
+<p>"If I could only go to California," thought
+Tom, "I would make my way somehow; I
+would cheerfully work twelve hours a day. I
+don't see why a boy can't dig gold, as well as
+a man. If somebody would lend me money
+enough to get there, I could afford to pay high
+interest."</p>
+
+<p>There was one man in Wilton who might
+lend him the money if he would. That man
+was Squire Hudson. He always had money on
+hand in considerable quantities, and two hundred<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span>
+dollars would be nothing to him. Tom
+would not have dreamed of applying to him,
+however, but for a service which just at this
+time he was able to render the squire.</p>
+
+<p>Tom had been in search of huckleberries&mdash;for
+this was the season&mdash;when, in a narrow
+country road, not much frequented, his attention
+was drawn to an object lying in the road.
+His heart hounded with excitement when he
+saw that it was a well-filled pocketbook. He
+was not long in securing it.</p>
+
+<p>Opening the wallet, he found it was absolutely
+stuffed with bank-bills, some of large
+denomination. There were, besides, several
+papers, to which he paid but little attention.
+They assured him, however, as he had already
+surmised, that the wallet was the property of
+Squire Hudson.</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder how much money there is here,"
+thought Tom, with natural curiosity.</p>
+
+<p>He stepped into the woods to avoid notice,
+and carefully counted the bills. There were
+two hundred-dollar bills, and three fifties,
+and so many of smaller denominations that
+Tom found the whole to amount to five hundred
+and sixty-seven dollars.</p>
+
+<p>"Almost six hundred dollars!" ejaculated<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span>
+Tom, in excitement, for he had never seen so
+much money before. "How happy should I
+be if I had as much money! How rich the
+squire is! He ought to be a happy man."</p>
+
+<p>Then the thought stole into our hero's mind,
+that the wallet contained nearly three times
+as much as he would need to take him to California.</p>
+
+<p>"If it were only mine!" he thought to himself.</p>
+
+<p>Perhaps Tom ought to have been above
+temptation, but he was not. For one little instant
+he was tempted to take out two hundred
+dollars, and then drop the wallet where he had
+picked it up. No one would probably find out
+where the missing money was. But Tom had
+been too well brought up to yield to this
+temptation. Not even the thought that he
+might, perhaps within a year, return the money
+with interest, prevailed upon him.</p>
+
+<p>"It wouldn't be honest," he decided, "and
+if I began in that way I could not expect that
+God would prosper me. If that is the only way
+by which I can go to California I must make
+up my mind to stay at home."</p>
+
+<p>So the question was settled in Tom's mind.
+The money must be returned to the owner.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span>
+His pail was nearly full of huckleberries, but
+he postponed going home, for he felt that
+Squire Hudson would be feeling anxious about
+his loss, and he thought it his duty to go and
+return the money first of all. Accordingly he
+made his way directly to the imposing residence
+of the rich man.</p>
+
+<p>Passing up the walk which led to the front
+door, Tom rang the bell. This was answered
+by a cross-looking servant. She glanced at
+the pail of berries, and said quickly: "We
+don't want any berries, and if we did you ought
+to go round to the side door."</p>
+
+<p>"I haven't asked you to buy any berries,
+have I?" said Tom, rather provoked by the
+rudeness of the girl, when he had come to do
+the squire a favor.</p>
+
+<p>"No, but that's what you're after. We have
+bought all we want."</p>
+
+<p>"I tell you I didn't come here to sell berries,"
+said Tom independently; "I picked these
+for use at home."</p>
+
+<p>"Then what do you come here for, anyway,
+takin' up my time wid comin' to the door,
+when I'm busy gettin' supper?"</p>
+
+<p>"I want to see Squire Hudson."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know if he's at home."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Then you'd better find out, and not keep
+me waiting."</p>
+
+<p>"I never see such impudence," ejaculated
+the girl.</p>
+
+<p>"I mean what I say," continued Tom
+stoutly. "I want to see the squire on important
+business."</p>
+
+<p>"Much business you have wid him!" said
+the girl scornfully.</p>
+
+<p>Tom by this time was out of patience.</p>
+
+<p>"Go and tell your master that I wish to see
+him," he said firmly.</p>
+
+<p>"I've a great mind to slam the door in
+your face," returned Bridget angrily.</p>
+
+<p>"I wouldn't advise you to," said Tom calmly.</p>
+
+<p>A stop was put to the contention by an irritable
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>"What's all this, hey? Who's at the door,
+Bridget?"</p>
+
+<p>"A boy wid berries, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Tell him I don't want any."</p>
+
+<p>"I have told him, and he won't go."</p>
+
+<p>"Won't go, hey?" and Squire Hudson came
+out into the hall. "What's all this, I say?
+Won't go?"</p>
+
+<p>"I wish to see you, sir," said Tom, undaunted.
+"I have told the girl that I didn't<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span>
+come here to sell berries; but she objects to my
+seeing you."</p>
+
+<p>Squire Hudson was far from an amiable
+man, and this explanation made him angry
+with the servant. He turned upon her
+fiercely.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you mean, you trollop," he demanded,
+"by refusing to let the boy see me?
+What do you mean by your insolence, I say?"</p>
+
+<p>Bridget was overwhelmed, for the squire's
+temper was like a tornado.</p>
+
+<p>"I thought he wanted to sell berries," she
+faltered.</p>
+
+<p>"That isn't true," said Tom. "I told you
+expressly that I picked the berries for use at
+home, and had none to sell."</p>
+
+<p>"Go back to the kitchen, you trollop!"
+thundered the squire. "You deserve to go to
+jail for your outrageous conduct."</p>
+
+<p>Bridget did not venture to answer a word,
+for it would only have raised a more violent
+storm, but retreated crestfallen to her own
+realm, and left our hero in possession of the
+field. She contented herself with muttering
+under her breath what she did not dare to
+speak aloud.</p>
+
+<p>"You are Tom Nelson, are you not?" asked<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span>
+the squire, adjusting his spectacles, and looking
+more carefully at the boy.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Have you any message from your father?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Then why did you come here to take up
+my time?" demanded the squire, frowning.</p>
+
+<p>"I came to do you a service, Squire Hudson."</p>
+
+<p>"You came&mdash;to&mdash;do&mdash;me&mdash;a&mdash;service?" repeated
+the squire slowly.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"You may as well come in," said the rich
+man, leading into the sitting-room.</p>
+
+<p>Tom followed him into a handsomely furnished
+room, and the two sat down opposite
+each other.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER III.</h2>
+
+<h3>TOM ASKS A LOAN.</h3>
+
+
+<p>"<span class="smcap">I don't</span> know what service you can do
+me," said Squire Hudson incredulously.</p>
+
+<p>His manner implied: "I am a rich man and
+you are a poor boy. How can you possibly
+serve me?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Have you lost anything lately?" inquired
+Tom, coming at once to business.</p>
+
+<p>I suppose most men, when asked such a
+question, would first think of their pocket-books.
+It was so with Squire Hudson. He
+hastily thrust his hand into his pocket, and
+found&mdash;a large hole, through which, doubtless,
+the wallet had slipped.</p>
+
+<p>"I have lost my wallet," he said anxiously.
+"Have you found it?"</p>
+
+<p>In reply Tom produced the missing article.
+The squire took it hurriedly, and, at once opening
+it, counted the money. It was all there,
+and he heaved a sigh of relief, for he was a
+man who cared for money more than most people.</p>
+
+<p>"Where did you find it?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>Tom answered the question.</p>
+
+<p>"It is very fortunate you came along before
+anyone else saw it. I rode that way on horse-back
+this morning. I told Mrs. Hudson that
+my pocket needed repairing, but she put it
+off, according to her usual custom. If it had
+not been found, I would have kept her on short
+allowance for a year to come."</p>
+
+<p>Tom felt rather embarrassed, for, of course,
+it would not do to join in with the squire in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>
+his complaints of his wife. Suddenly Squire
+Hudson said, eying him keenly: "Do you
+know how much money there is in this wallet?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you counted it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Why did you do it?"</p>
+
+<p>"I wanted to know how much there was, so
+that no one might blame me if any were missing."</p>
+
+<p>"Didn't you want to take any?" asked the
+squire bluntly.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," answered Tom promptly.</p>
+
+<p>"Why didn't you? For fear you would be
+found out?"</p>
+
+<p>"That may have had something to do with
+it, but it was principally because it would have
+been stealing and stealing is wrong."</p>
+
+<p>"What would you have done with the money
+if you had taken it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Started for California next week," answered
+Tom directly.</p>
+
+<p>"Eh?" ejaculated the squire, rather astonished.
+"Why do you want to go to California&mdash;a
+boy like you?"</p>
+
+<p>"To dig gold. I suppose a boy can dig gold,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span>
+as well as a man. There doesn't seem to be
+much chance for me here. There's nothing to
+do but to work on the farm, and father and
+Walter can do all there is to be done there."</p>
+
+<p>"How is your father getting along?" asked
+the rich man, with an interest which rather
+surprised Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Poorly," said Tom. "He makes both ends
+meet; but we all have to do without a great
+many things that we need."</p>
+
+<p>The squire looked thoughtful. He took half
+a dollar from his wallet and tendered it to
+Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"You've done me a service," he said. "Take
+that."</p>
+
+<p>Tom drew back.</p>
+
+<p>"I would rather not take money for being
+honest," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"That's all nonsense," said Squire Hudson
+sharply.</p>
+
+<p>"That's the way I feel about it," said Tom
+stoutly.</p>
+
+<p>"Then you're a fool."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope not, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"This would have been quite a large loss
+to me. I am perfectly willing to give you this
+money."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Then Tom gathered courage and said boldly,
+"You can do me a great favor, Squire Hudson,
+if you choose."</p>
+
+<p>"What is it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Lend me enough money to go to California,"
+said Tom nervously.</p>
+
+<p>"Good gracious! Is the boy crazy?" ejaculated
+the astonished squire.</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir, I am not crazy. I'll tell you what
+my plans are. I shall go to work directly I
+get there, and shall devote the first money I
+make to paying you. Of course, I shall expect
+to pay high interest. I am willing to pay you
+three hundred dollars for two; unless I am
+sick, I think I can do it inside of twelve
+months."</p>
+
+<p>"How much money do you suppose you will
+need for this wild-goose expedition?"</p>
+
+<p>"About two hundred dollars, sir; and, as
+I just said, I will give you my note for three."</p>
+
+<p>"A boy's note is worth nothing."</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps it isn't in law; but I wouldn't rest
+till it was paid back."</p>
+
+<p>"What security have you to offer?"</p>
+
+<p>"None, sir, except my word."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you know what I would be if I lent
+you this money?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"You would be very kind."</p>
+
+<p>"Pish! I should be a fool."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think you'd lose anything by it, sir;
+but, of course, I can't blame you for refusing,"
+and Tom rose to go.</p>
+
+<p>"Sit down again," said the squire; "I want
+to talk to you about this matter. How long
+have you been thinking of California?"</p>
+
+<p>"Only two or three days, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"What made you think of it?"</p>
+
+<p>"I wanted to help father."</p>
+
+<p>"Who has told you about California?"</p>
+
+<p>"I have read about it in the papers."</p>
+
+<p>"Have you spoken to your father about
+going there?"</p>
+
+<p>"I have spoken to him about leaving home,
+and seeking my fortune; but I have not mentioned
+going to California, because I thought
+it impossible to raise the necessary money."</p>
+
+<p>"Of course. That's sensible, at least."</p>
+
+<p>Squire Hudson rose and walked thoughtfully
+about the room, occasionally casting a
+keen glance at Tom, who remained sitting,
+with his pail of huckleberries in his cap.</p>
+
+<p>After a while the squire spoke again.</p>
+
+<p>"Your father might let you have the
+money," he suggested.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"My father has no money to spare," said
+Tom quickly.</p>
+
+<p>"Couldn't he raise some?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know how."</p>
+
+<p>"Then I'll tell you. I hold a mortgage for
+two thousand dollars on his farm. I suppose
+you know that?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"I might be willing to increase the mortgage
+to twenty-two hundred, and he could lend you
+the extra two hundred."</p>
+
+<p>This was a new idea to Tom, and he took a
+little time to think it over.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't like to ask father to do that," he
+said. "He finds it very hard now to pay the
+interest on the mortgage."</p>
+
+<p>"I thought you intended to pay the money
+in a year," said the squire sharply.</p>
+
+<p>"So I do," said Tom, and he began to think
+more favorably of the plan.</p>
+
+<p>"In that case your father wouldn't suffer."</p>
+
+<p>"You are right, sir. If father would only
+consent to do so, I would be happy. But I
+might die."</p>
+
+<p>"Your father would have to take the risk of
+that. You can't expect me to."</p>
+
+<p>This seemed fair enough, and, in fact, the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span>
+danger didn't seem very great to Tom. He was
+about sixteen; and to a boy of sixteen death
+seems very far off, provided he is strong and
+vigorous, as Tom was. He rapidly decided
+that the squire's offer was not to be refused
+without careful consideration. It opened to
+him a career which looked bright and promising.
+Once in California, what could he not
+do? Tom was hopeful and sanguine, and did
+not allow himself to think of failure.</p>
+
+<p>"I understand that you are willing to advance
+the money, Squire Hudson?" he said,
+determined to know just what to depend upon.</p>
+
+<p>"I will advance two hundred dollars, on condition
+that your father will secure me by an
+increased mortgage. It is no particular object
+to me, for I can readily invest the money in
+some other way."</p>
+
+<p>"I will speak to father about it, Squire Hudson,
+and meanwhile I am thankful to you for
+making the offer."</p>
+
+<p>"Very well. Let me know as soon as possible,"
+said the squire carelessly.</p>
+
+<p>As Tom went out, the rich man soliloquized:
+"I have no faith in the boy's scheme, and I
+don't believe half the stories they tell about the
+California mines; but it will give me an extra<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>
+hold on Nelson, and hasten the day when the
+farm will come into my hands. When Mary
+Nelson refused my hand I resolved some day
+to have my revenge. I have waited long, but it
+will come at last. When she and her children
+are paupers, she may regret the slight she put
+upon me."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+
+<h3>TOM ASKS LEAVE OF ABSENCE.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Tom</span> walked home slowly, but the distance
+seemed short, for he was absorbed in thought.
+In a way very unexpected he seemed to be
+likely to realize what he had regarded as a
+very pleasant, but impossible, dream. Would
+his father consent to the squire's proposal,
+and, if so, ought Tom to consent to expose him
+to the risk of losing so considerable a sum of
+money? If he had been older and more cautious
+he would probably have decided in the
+negative; but Tom was hopeful and sanguine,
+and the stories he had heard of California had
+dazzled him. There was, of course, an element
+of uncertainty in his calculations, but the fact<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span>
+that there seemed to be no prospect before him
+in his native village had an important influence
+in shaping his decision.</p>
+
+<p>To ask his father the momentous question,
+however, was not easy, and he delayed it, hoping
+for a favorable opportunity of introducing
+the subject. His thoughtful manner excited
+attention, and secured him the opportunity
+he sought.</p>
+
+<p>"You seem deep in thought, Tom," said his
+mother.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, mother, I have a good deal to think
+about."</p>
+
+<p>"Anybody would think Tom overwhelmed
+with business," said Walter, next to Tom in
+age, with good-humored banter.</p>
+
+<p>"I am," said Tom gravely.</p>
+
+<p>"Won't you take me in partnership, then?"
+asked Walter.</p>
+
+<p>Tom smiled.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think I could do that," he answered.
+"Not to keep you waiting, Squire
+Hudson has made me a business proposal this
+afternoon."</p>
+
+<p>All were surprised and looked to Tom for an
+explanation.</p>
+
+<p>"He offers to advance me two hundred dollars<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span>
+for a year, to help me out to California."</p>
+
+<p>"Squire Hudson makes this offer to a boy
+of your age?" said his father slowly.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, or rather he makes the offer to you."</p>
+
+<p>"To me?"</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps you will think me selfish for even
+mentioning it," said Tom rapidly, in a hurry
+to explain fully now that the ice was broken.
+"He will advance the money, on condition that
+you increase the mortgage on the farm to
+twenty-two hundred dollars."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Nelson looked blank.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you know, Tom," he said, "how hard I
+find it now to pay the interest on the mortgage,
+and how hopeless I am of ever paying it off?"</p>
+
+<p>"I know all that, father; but I want to help
+you. If I keep my health, and have a chance,
+I think I can help you. There's no chance for
+me here, and there is a chance in California.
+You remember what we have read in the
+<i>Weekly Messenger</i> about the gold-fields, and
+what large sums have been realized by miners."</p>
+
+<p>"They are men, and you are a boy."</p>
+
+<p>"That's true," said Tom, "but," he added,
+with natural pride, "I am pretty strong for
+a boy. I am willing to work, and I don't see<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span>
+why I can't dig gold as well as a man. I may
+not make as much, but if I only do half as
+well as some that we have read about, I can do
+a good deal for you."</p>
+
+<p>"How far off is California?" asked Mrs.
+Nelson.</p>
+
+<p>"Over three thousand miles, across the continent,"
+answered her husband. "By sea it is
+a good deal more."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, it is as far off as Europe," said
+Walter, who was fresh from his lesson in geography.</p>
+
+<p>"It is farther than some parts of Europe&mdash;England,
+for example," said his father.</p>
+
+<p>"And a wild, unsettled region," said Mrs.
+Nelson soberly.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think so much of that," said Mark
+Nelson. "Tom is no baby. He is a boy of
+good sense, not heedless, like some of his age,
+and I should feel considerable confidence in his
+getting along well."</p>
+
+<p>"What, Mark, are you in favor of his going
+so far&mdash;a boy who has never been away from
+home in his life?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know what to say. I have not had
+time to consider the matter, as it has come upon
+me suddenly. I have a good deal of confidence<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span>
+in Tom, but there is one difficulty in
+my mind."</p>
+
+<p>"What is that, father?" asked Tom anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>"The expense of getting to California, and
+the method of raising the money; I don't like
+to increase the mortgage."</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose you are right, father," said Tom
+slowly. "I know it is more than I have any
+right to ask. I wouldn't even have mentioned
+it if I hadn't hoped to help you to pay it back."</p>
+
+<p>"That is understood, Tom," said his father
+kindly. "I know you mean what you say, and
+that you would redeem your promise if fortune,
+or rather Providence, permitted. It is a
+serious matter, however, and not to be decided
+in a hurry. We will speak of it again."</p>
+
+<p>Nothing more was said about Tom's plan till
+after the children had gone to bed. Then, as
+Mark Nelson and his wife sat before the fire
+in the open fireplace, the subject was taken up
+anew.</p>
+
+<p>"Mary," said Mark, "I am beginning to
+think favorably of Tom's proposal."</p>
+
+<p>"How can you say so, Mark?" interrupted
+his wife. "It seems like madness to send a
+young boy so far away."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Tom can't be called a young boy; he is now
+sixteen."</p>
+
+<p>"But he has never been away from home."</p>
+
+<p>"He must go some time."</p>
+
+<p>"If it were only to Boston or New York;
+but to go more than three thousand miles
+away!" and the mother shuddered.</p>
+
+<p>"There are dangers as great in Boston or
+New York as in California, Mary, to a boy of
+Tom's age. He can't always be surrounded by
+home influences."</p>
+
+<p>"I wish we could find employment for him
+in town," said Mrs. Nelson uneasily.</p>
+
+<p>"That is a mother's thought, and it would
+be pleasant for all of us; but I doubt if it
+would be better for Tom."</p>
+
+<p>"Why not?"</p>
+
+<p>"A boy who is thrown upon his own guardianship
+and his own resources develops manliness
+and self-reliance sooner than at home.
+But we need not take that into consideration;
+there is nothing to do here, nor is there likely
+to be. He must go away from home to find
+employment. To obtain a place in Boston or
+New York requires influence and friends in
+those places; and we can hope for neither. In
+California he will become his own employer.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span>
+The gold-mines are open to all, and he may
+earn in a year as much as he could in five
+years in the East."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you favor his going, then, Mark?"</p>
+
+<p>"Not against your will, Mary. Indeed, I
+should not feel justified in increasing the mortgage
+upon our little property against your
+wish. That concerns us all."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think so much of that. I am so
+afraid Tom would get sick in California.
+What would become of the poor boy in that
+case?"</p>
+
+<p>"That is a mother's thought. I think Tom
+would find friends, who would not let him
+suffer. He is a manly, attractive boy, though
+he is ours, and I think he is well calculated
+to make his way."</p>
+
+<p>"That he is," said his mother proudly.
+"No one can help liking Tom."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you see he is likely to find friends.
+Were he such a boy as Sinclair Hudson, I
+should feel afraid that he would fare badly,
+if he stood in need of help from others. Sinclair
+is certainly a very disagreeable boy."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, he is; and he isn't half as smart as
+Tom."</p>
+
+<p>"A mother's vanity," said Mark Nelson,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span>
+smiling. "However, you are right there. I
+should consider it a misfortune to have such
+a cross-grained, selfish son as Sinclair. Squire
+Hudson, with all his wealth, is not fortunate
+in his only child. There is considerable resemblance
+between father and son. I often
+wish that some one else than the squire held
+the mortgage on our farm."</p>
+
+<p>"You don't think he would take advantage
+of you?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think he would be very lenient to
+me if I failed to pay interest promptly. He
+has a grudge against me, you know."</p>
+
+<p>"That is nonsense," said Mrs. Nelson,
+blushing, for she understood the allusion.</p>
+
+<p>"I am glad he doesn't ask me to give him a
+mortgage on you, Mary."</p>
+
+<p>"He has forgotten all that," said Mrs. Nelson.
+"I am no longer young and pretty."</p>
+
+<p>"I think you more attractive than ever,"
+said the husband.</p>
+
+<p>"Because you are foolish," said his wife;
+but she was well pleased, nevertheless. Poor
+as her husband was, she had never dreamed of
+regretting her choice.</p>
+
+<p>"Be it so; but about this affair of Tom&mdash;what
+shall I say to him in the morning?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Nelson recovered her gravity instantly.</p>
+
+<p>"Decide as you think right, Mark," she
+said. "If you judge that Tom had better go
+I will do my best to become reconciled to his
+absence, and set about getting him ready."</p>
+
+<p>"It is a great responsibility, Mary," said
+Mark slowly; "but I accept it. Let the boy
+go, if he wishes. He will leave our care, but
+we can trust him to the care of his heavenly
+Father, who will be as near to him in California
+as at home."</p>
+
+<p>Thus Tom's future was decided. His father
+and mother retired to bed, but not to sleep.
+They were parting already in imagination
+with their first-born, and the thought of that
+parting was sad indeed.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER V.</h2>
+
+<h3>TOM RAISES THE MONEY.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Tom</span> got up early the next morning&mdash;in
+fact, he was up first in the house&mdash;and attended
+to his usual "chores." He was splitting
+wood when his father passed him on the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>
+way to the barn with the milk-pail in his
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>"You are up early, Tom," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," answered our hero.</p>
+
+<p>Tom could not help wondering whether his
+father had come to any decision about letting
+him go to California; but he did not like to
+ask. In due time he would learn, of course.
+He felt that he should like to have it decided
+one way or the other. While his plans were
+in doubt he felt unsettled and nervous.</p>
+
+<p>At an early hour the family gathered about
+the breakfast table. Tom noticed that his
+father and mother looked grave, and spoke
+in a subdued tone, as if they had something on
+their minds; but he did not know what to infer
+from this, except that they had his prospects
+still in consideration.</p>
+
+<p>When breakfast was over, Mark Nelson
+pushed back his chair, and said: "How soon
+can you get Tom ready to start, Mary?"</p>
+
+<p>"Am I going, father?" asked Tom, his
+heart giving an eager bound.</p>
+
+<p>"Is Tom really going?" asked the younger
+children, with scarcely less eagerness.</p>
+
+<p>"If Squire Hudson doesn't go back on his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>
+promise. Tom, you can go with me to the
+squire's."</p>
+
+<p>"How soon?"</p>
+
+<p>"In about an hour. He doesn't breakfast
+as early as we do. I think he will be ready
+to receive us in about an hour."</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you, father," said Tom. "You are
+doing a great deal for me."</p>
+
+<p>"I can't do much for you, my boy. I can
+probably get you to California, and then you
+will be thrown upon your own exertions."</p>
+
+<p>"I mean to work very hard. I think I shall
+succeed."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope so, at least, Tom. When the time
+comes to start the other boys, I shall be glad
+to have your help in doing it."</p>
+
+<p>Tom was pleased to hear this, though it
+placed upon his shoulders a new and heavy
+responsibility. He was assuming the responsibility
+not only for his own future, but for that
+of his brothers. But it made him feel more
+manly, as if the period of his dependent boyhood
+were over, and he had become a young
+man all at once.</p>
+
+<p>"I hope I sha'n't disappoint you, father,"
+he said.</p>
+
+<p>"If you do, I don't think it will be your<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span>
+fault, Tom," said his father kindly. "Fortune
+may be against you, but we must take the risk
+of that."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know what to think about it, Tom,"
+said his mother, in a tone of doubt and mental
+disturbance. "I feel as if you were too young
+to go out in the wide world to seek your fortune."</p>
+
+<p>"I am not so very young, mother. I am
+old enough to make my way."</p>
+
+<p>"So your father says, and I have yielded to
+his judgment; but, Tom, I don't know how to
+let you go."</p>
+
+<p>There were tears in Mrs. Nelson's eyes as
+she spoke. Tom was moved, and if he needed
+anything to strengthen him in the good resolutions
+he had formed, his mother's emotion supplied
+it.</p>
+
+<p>"You sha'n't regret giving your consent,
+mother," he said manfully, and, rising from
+his seat, he went to his mother and kissed her.</p>
+
+<p>"Mary," said Mr. Nelson, "you haven't
+answered my question. How long will it take
+to get Tom ready? If he is to go, he may as
+well start as soon as possible."</p>
+
+<p>"Let me see," said Mrs. Nelson, "how many
+shirts have you got, Tom?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Five."</p>
+
+<p>"Are they all in good order?"</p>
+
+<p>"I believe one needs mending."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know whether that will be enough,"
+said Mrs. Nelson doubtfully.</p>
+
+<p>"Mary," said her husband, "don't provide
+too large a supply of clothing. Tom may find
+it a burden. Remember, in California, he will
+have to travel on foot and carry his own baggage."</p>
+
+<p>"Then I think he is already pretty well provided.
+But some of his clothes may need
+mending. That won't take long, and I will
+attend to it at once."</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps Squire Hudson will go back on
+you, after all," said Walter.</p>
+
+<p>Tom's face was overcast. That would be a
+disappointment he could not easily bear.</p>
+
+<p>"I shall soon know," he said.</p>
+
+<p>An hour later Tom and his father set out for
+Squire Hudson's residence. Tom felt nervous;
+he could not well help it.</p>
+
+<p>"Tom," said his father, "this is an important
+visit for you."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"You are feeling nervous, I see. Try to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span>
+take it coolly, and don't feel too low-spirited
+if things don't turn out as you hope."</p>
+
+<p>"I will try to follow your advice, father,
+but I am not sure as I can."</p>
+
+<p>"If you are disappointed, try to think it is
+for the best. A boy of your age had made all
+arrangements to visit Europe with a party of
+friends. The day before starting something
+happened which made it impossible for him to
+go. For weeks he had been looking forward
+with eager anticipation to his journey, and
+now it was indefinitely postponed."</p>
+
+<p>"What a terrible disappointment!" said
+Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it seemed so, but mark the issue. The
+steamer was lost, and all on board were
+drowned. The disappointment saved his life."</p>
+
+<p>"It might not always turn out so," objected
+Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"No, that is true. Still, if we are willing
+to think that our disappointments are not
+always misfortunes, we shall go through life
+with more cheerfulness and content."</p>
+
+<p>"Still, I hope I shall not be disappointed
+in this," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"You are perhaps too young to be philosophical,"
+said his father.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Mark Nelson had enjoyed only the usual
+advantages of education afforded by a common
+school; but he was a man of good natural
+capacity, and more thoughtful than many in
+his vocation. From him Tom inherited good
+natural abilities and industrious habits. It
+would not be fair, however, to give all the
+credit to his father. Mrs. Nelson was a superior
+woman, and all her children were well
+endowed by nature.</p>
+
+<p>As they turned into Squire Hudson's gravel-path,
+the squire himself opened the front
+door.</p>
+
+<p>"Were you coming to see me?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"We would like to speak with you a few
+minutes, squire, if you can spare the time."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes, I have nothing pressing on hand,"
+said the squire, with unusual affability.
+"Walk in, Mr. Nelson."</p>
+
+<p>He led the way into the room where Tom
+had had his interview with him the day before.</p>
+
+<p>"Your son did me a good turn yesterday,"
+he said graciously. "He behaved in a very
+creditable manner."</p>
+
+<p>"He told me that he found your pocketbook,
+Squire Hudson."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes; it contained a large sum of money.
+Some boys would have kept it."</p>
+
+<p>"None of my boys would," said Mark Nelson
+proudly.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course not. They're too well brought
+up."</p>
+
+<p>"Tom told me that you offered to advance
+money enough to get him to California," said
+Mr. Nelson, coming to business.</p>
+
+<p>"On satisfactory security," added the squire
+cautiously.</p>
+
+<p>"You proposed to increase the mortgage on
+my place?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said the squire. "I wouldn't have
+done it, though, Neighbor Nelson, but for the
+good turn the boy did me. I am not at all
+particular about increasing the amount of
+the mortgage, but, if by so doing it I can promote
+Tom's views, I won't object."</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you, sir," said Tom gratefully.</p>
+
+<p>"It is a serious step for me to take," continued
+Mr. Nelson, "for I feel the incumbrance
+to be a heavy one already. In fact, it is with
+difficulty that I pay the interest. But the
+time has come when Tom should start in life,
+and in this village there seems to be no opening."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"None whatever," said the squire, in a tone
+of decision.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you think of the prospects in
+California?" asked Mark Nelson. "You are
+a man of business, and can judge better than
+I. Are the stories we hear of fortunes made
+in a short time to be relied upon?"</p>
+
+<p>"As to that," said the squire deliberately,
+"I suppose we can't believe all we hear; we
+must make some allowances. But, after all,
+there's no doubt of the existence of gold in
+large quantities; I am satisfied of that."</p>
+
+<p>"Then about the wisdom of sending out a
+boy like Tom, alone; do you think it best?"</p>
+
+<p>"It depends altogether on the boy," responded
+the squire. "If he is honest, industrious,
+and energetic, he will make his
+way. You know your own boy better than
+I do."</p>
+
+<p>"He is all you say, Squire Hudson. I have
+a great deal of confidence in Tom."</p>
+
+<p>Tom looked at his father gratefully. Sometimes
+it does a boy good to learn that the older
+people have confidence in him.</p>
+
+<p>"Then let him go," said the squire. "I
+stand ready to furnish the money. I think
+you said you needed two hundred dollars."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>This question was put to Tom, and the boy
+answered in the affirmative.</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said the squire. "As soon as
+the necessary writings are made out, the money
+shall be ready."</p>
+
+<p>"It's all settled!" thought Tom triumphantly.</p>
+
+<p>At that moment Sinclair Hudson, the
+squire's only son, opened the door and looked
+into the room.</p>
+
+<p>"Hello, Tom Nelson," said he, rather rudely.
+"What brings you here?"</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+
+<h3>TOM ARRIVES IN PITTSBURG.</h3>
+
+
+<p>"<span class="smcap">I came</span> on business, Sinclair," answered
+Tom, smiling.</p>
+
+<p>"Thomas is going to California, Sinclair,"
+explained Squire Hudson.</p>
+
+<p>Sinclair opened wide his eyes in amazement.
+"What for?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"To dig gold and make my fortune," answered
+Tom complacently.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Come out and tell me all about it."</p>
+
+<p>"You can go, Thomas," said Squire Hudson
+graciously. "Your father and I will settle the
+business."</p>
+
+<p>"Is it true that you are going to California?"
+asked Sinclair, when they were out
+in the front yard.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes."</p>
+
+<p>"How soon do you go?"</p>
+
+<p>"I want to get away in a week."</p>
+
+<p>"What has my father to do with it?" inquired
+Sinclair.</p>
+
+<p>"He is going to lend me the money to get
+there."</p>
+
+<p>"How much?"</p>
+
+<p>"Two hundred dollars."</p>
+
+<p>"Then he is a greater fool than I thought,"
+said Sinclair, with characteristic politeness.</p>
+
+<p>"Why do you say that?" demanded our
+hero, justly nettled.</p>
+
+<p>"Because he'll never see the money again."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, he will. My father is responsible for
+it."</p>
+
+<p>"Your father is a poor man."</p>
+
+<p>"He is able to pay that, if I don't; but I
+hope he won't have to."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Do you really expect to find gold?" asked
+Sinclair curiously.</p>
+
+<p>"Certainly I do. Others have, and why
+shouldn't I? I am willing to work hard."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you think you'll come home rich?"</p>
+
+<p>"I hope so."</p>
+
+<p>"I have a great mind to ask father to let
+me go with you," said Sinclair unexpectedly.</p>
+
+<p>"You wouldn't like it. You haven't been
+brought up to work," said Tom, rather
+startled, and not much pleased with the proposal,
+for Sinclair Hudson was about the last
+boy he wished as a companion.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I wouldn't go to work. I would go as
+a gentleman, to see the country. Wait a minute;
+I will run in and ask him."</p>
+
+<p>So Sinclair ran into the house, and preferred
+his request.</p>
+
+<p>"That's a wild idea, Sinclair," said his
+father quickly.</p>
+
+<p>"Why is it? I'm as old as Tom Nelson."</p>
+
+<p>"He is going because it is necessary for him
+to earn his living."</p>
+
+<p>"He will have a splendid time," grumbled
+the spoiled son.</p>
+
+<p>"You shall travel all you want to when you<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span>
+are older," said his father. "Now you must
+get an education."</p>
+
+<p>"I want to travel now."</p>
+
+<p>"I will take you to New York the next time
+I go."</p>
+
+<p>"Give me five dollars besides."</p>
+
+<p>The money was handed him.</p>
+
+<p>He went out and reported to Tom that he
+was going to travel all over the world when he
+was a little older, and had decided not to go
+to California now.</p>
+
+<p>"If you have money enough you can go with
+me," he added graciously.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you," said Tom politely, though
+the prospect of having Sinclair for a traveling
+companion did not exhilarate him much.</p>
+
+<p>For a few days Mrs. Nelson was very busy
+getting Tom ready to go. It was well, perhaps,
+that so much needed to be done, for it
+kept her mind from the thought of the separation.</p>
+
+<p>The question of which route to take, whether
+by steamer or across the plains, demanded consideration.
+It was finally decided that Tom
+should go overland. It was thought he might
+join some company at St. Joseph&mdash;or St. Joe,
+as it was then, and is now, popularly called&mdash;and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span>
+pay his passage in services, thus saving
+a good share of the two hundred dollars. That
+was, of course, an important consideration.</p>
+
+<p>"How shall I carry my money?" asked
+Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"It will be best to take gold, and carry it
+for safety in a belt around your waist," said
+his father. "You must be very prudent and
+careful, or you may be robbed. That would
+be a serious thing for you, as I could not forward
+you any more money."</p>
+
+<p>"I will be very prudent, father," said Tom.
+"I know the value of money too well to risk
+losing it."</p>
+
+<p>Well, the days of preparation were over at
+length, and Tom stood on the threshold, bidding
+good-by to his parents and his brothers
+and sisters. He had not realized till now what
+it was to leave home on a long journey of indefinite
+duration. He wanted to be heroic,
+but in spite of himself his eyes moistened, and
+he came near breaking down.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know how to part with you, my
+dear child," said his mother.</p>
+
+<p>"Think that it is all for the best, mother,"
+said Tom, choking. "Think of the time when
+I will come back with plenty of money."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"God bless you, Tom!" said his father.
+"Don't forget your good habits and principles
+when you are far away from us."</p>
+
+<p>"I won't, father."</p>
+
+<p>So Tom's long journey commenced.</p>
+
+<p>Tom's plan was to go to St. Louis first. His
+father made some inquiries about the route,
+and recommended going to Pittsburg by cars,
+then to take the boat on the Ohio River for
+Cincinnati. This seemed to Tom to afford a
+pleasant variety, and he gladly accepted the
+suggestion.</p>
+
+<p>As they were approaching Pittsburg, Tom
+occupied a whole seat on the left-hand side of
+the car. A brisk, plausible young man, of
+twenty-five, passing through the aisle, observed
+the vacant seat, and, pausing, inquired, "Is
+this seat engaged?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir," answered Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Then, if you have no objection, I will
+occupy it."</p>
+
+<p>"Certainly, sir."</p>
+
+<p>The young man was nicely dressed. In his
+bosom sparkled a diamond pin, and he wore
+three or four rings on his fingers.</p>
+
+<p>"He must be rich," thought Tom, who was
+of an observant turn.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"A pleasant day to travel," remarked the
+young man affably.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it is," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you go farther than Pittsburg?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I am going to California," answered
+Tom proudly.</p>
+
+<p>"Is it possible? Are you alone?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"You are young to travel so far."</p>
+
+<p>"I am sixteen; that is, I shall be in two or
+three weeks."</p>
+
+<p>"Still, you are young to take such a journey
+alone. Are you going to join friends there?"</p>
+
+<p>"No; I am going to seek my fortune."</p>
+
+<p>Once more the young man looked surprised,
+and scanned Tom curiously.</p>
+
+<p>"I presume you are from the city," he observed,
+with a smile which Tom would not
+have understood if he had noticed it. The
+truth is, that Tom bore evident marks of being
+a country boy. I don't like to say that he
+looked "green," but he certainly lacked the
+air that distinguishes a town-bred boy. His
+companion evidently understood boy nature,
+for Tom was much flattered by the supposition
+that he was a city boy.</p>
+
+<p>"No," he answered, almost as if apologizing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span>
+for a discreditable fact; "I am from the country."</p>
+
+<p>"You don't say so!" exclaimed the other,
+in apparent surprise. "I thought, from your
+appearance, that you were from the city. How
+do you go from Pittsburg?"</p>
+
+<p>"By river to Cincinnati."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you really? I am glad to hear it; I
+am going there myself. We shall be fellow
+passengers. That will be pleasant."</p>
+
+<p>Tom thought it would. His companion
+seemed very pleasant and social, and he had
+been feeling lonely, as was only natural.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it will," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"By the way, as we may be thrown together,
+more or less, we ought to know each other.
+My name is Milton Graham. My father is a
+rich merchant in New York. I am traveling
+partly on business for my father's firm, and
+partly for pleasure."</p>
+
+<p>"My name is Thomas Nelson; most people
+call me Tom," said our hero.</p>
+
+<p>"Then I will call you Tom," said Graham.
+"I like the name. I have a favorite cousin
+named Tom. Poor boy!&mdash;he is an orphan.
+His father died two years ago, leaving him
+two hundred thousand dollars. My father is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span>
+his guardian. He is about your age; only not
+quite so good-looking."</p>
+
+<p>Tom blushed. He had not thought much of
+his own looks, but he was human, and no one
+is displeased at being considered good-looking.
+Mr. Graham spoke meditatively, as if he was
+not intending to pay a compliment, only mentioning
+a fact, and Tom did not feel called
+upon to thank him for this flattering remark.</p>
+
+<p>"That is a great deal of money," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it is. All my relations are rich; that
+is, except one uncle, who probably is not worth
+over twenty thousand dollars."</p>
+
+<p>Tom was impressed. A man who could talk
+of such a sum in such terms must certainly
+be very rich.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you know, Mr. Graham," he inquired,
+"how soon the steamer will start after we
+reach Pittsburg?"</p>
+
+<p>"No; but I can find out after we reach
+there."</p>
+
+<p>On arriving at Pittsburg, inquiry was made,
+and it was ascertained that the steamer <i>River
+Belle</i> would leave at nine o'clock the following
+morning.</p>
+
+<p>"We shall have to go to a hotel," said
+Graham.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Is there any cheap hotel here?" asked
+Tom prudently.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; there is the Pittsburg House. Suppose
+we both go there."</p>
+
+<p>"All right."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Graham had only a small carpetbag,
+smaller than Tom's. They took them in their
+hands, and walked for a short distance, till
+they reached a plain building, which, from the
+sign, Tom discovered to be the hotel which
+had been mentioned.</p>
+
+<p>"Shall we room together? It will cost less,"
+said Milton Graham carelessly.</p>
+
+<p>"If you please," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>He was lonely and thought he would like
+company. Besides, it would be cheaper, and
+that was a weighty consideration.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VII.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE PITTSBURG HOUSE.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Tom</span> and his companion entered the hotel.
+At the left was the clerk's desk. Milton Graham
+naturally took the lead. He took a pen<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span>
+from the clerk, and entered his name with a
+flourish. Then he handed the pen to Tom, who
+followed his example, omitting the flourish,
+however.</p>
+
+<p>"This young gentleman will room with me,"
+said Graham.</p>
+
+<p>"All right, sir," said the clerk. "Will you
+go up to your room now?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes."</p>
+
+<p>The porter was summoned, and handed the
+key of No. 16. He took the two carpetbags,
+and led the way up-stairs, for the Pittsburg
+House had no elevator. Even in the best
+hotels at that time this modern convenience
+was not to be found.</p>
+
+<p>The door of No. 16 was opened, revealing
+a plain room, about twelve feet square, provided,
+as Tom was glad to see, with two narrow
+beds.</p>
+
+<p>"Have you got a quarter, Tom?" asked
+Graham.</p>
+
+<p>Tom drew one from his pocket.</p>
+
+<p>Graham took it and handed it to the porter,
+who expressed his thanks.</p>
+
+<p>"It's always customary to fee the porter,"
+he said carelessly, in answer to Tom's look of
+surprise.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"What for?"</p>
+
+<p>"For bringing up the baggage."</p>
+
+<p>"Twenty-five cents for bringing up two
+small carpetbags! That's pretty high. I'd
+have brought them up myself, if I had known,"
+said Tom, dissatisfied, for he felt that this
+fee was hardly in accordance with his resolutions
+of economy.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, he expects it. It's his regular perquisite.
+When you've traveled more you'll
+understand."</p>
+
+<p>"How much are we to pay for our accommodations?"
+asked Tom anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>"About two dollars apiece, I reckon."</p>
+
+<p>"That's more than I can afford," said Tom,
+alarmed.</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps it is less, as we room together."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope so, for I can't afford to be extravagant."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you call two dollars a day extravagant?"
+asked Graham, smiling.</p>
+
+<p>"It is for me. My father is poor."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, it'll be all right. I'll fix it with the
+clerk. If you are ready, suppose we go down
+and have some supper."</p>
+
+<p>To this Tom had no objection. He washed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span>
+his hands and face, and brushed his hair; then
+he declared himself ready.</p>
+
+<p>Tom was hungry, and did justice to the supper,
+which he found very good. As they
+left the table, and reentered the office of the
+hotel, Milton Graham said, "I am going to
+make a call on some friends. Sorry to leave
+you, but we shall meet later in the evening."</p>
+
+<p>"All right," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>On the whole he did not regret being alone.
+He began to doubt whether Graham would
+make a desirable traveling companion. Tom
+felt the need of economy, and he saw that his
+companion would make it difficult. If a fee
+must be paid, it was fair to divide it; but the
+porter's fee had come out of Tom's pocket.</p>
+
+<p>"Didn't he have a quarter, I wonder?"
+thought our hero.</p>
+
+<p>It was a small matter, but economy must
+begin in small matters, or it is not likely to
+be practised at all.</p>
+
+<p>He took the opportunity to go to the desk
+and ascertain the sum likely to be charged for
+his accommodations.</p>
+
+<p>"How long do you stay?" asked the clerk
+pleasantly.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Till to-morrow morning. I am going to
+sail in the <i>River Belle</i>."</p>
+
+<p>"Then we shall charge you a dollar and a
+half."</p>
+
+<p>This seemed large to Tom, but he made no
+objection.</p>
+
+<p>"How much would it have been if I had
+roomed alone?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"The same. We make no change in our
+terms on that account."</p>
+
+<p>"Mr. Graham told me it would be cheaper
+to room together."</p>
+
+<p>"He is your roommate, isn't he?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"He is mistaken, so far as our house is
+concerned. I suppose you have known him for
+some time."</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir. I met him on the cars yesterday
+afternoon for the first time."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you don't know anything about
+him?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes," answered Tom. "He is the son
+of a rich merchant in New York."</p>
+
+<p>"Who told you that?"</p>
+
+<p>"He did."</p>
+
+<p>The clerk was a man of middle age. At<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span>
+home he had a son of Tom's age, and this led
+him to feel a friendly interest in our hero.</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose you have never traveled much,"
+he said.</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir. This is my first journey."</p>
+
+<p>"Are you going far?"</p>
+
+<p>"To California."</p>
+
+<p>"That is a long journey for a boy of your
+age," said the clerk, looking surprised.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir; but I can't get anything to do
+at home, and I am going to California to seek
+my fortune."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope you will be successful," said the
+clerk, with hearty sympathy. "Will you let
+me give you a piece of advice?"</p>
+
+<p>"I shall be very glad of it, sir," responded
+Tom. "I find I am quite inexperienced."</p>
+
+<p>"Then don't trust strangers too readily.
+It is dangerous."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you refer to Mr. Graham?" asked Tom,
+startled.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I refer to him, or any other chance
+acquaintance."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you think he is all right?" asked
+our hero anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think he is the son of a rich merchant
+in New York."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Then why should he tell me so?"</p>
+
+<p>Tom was green, and I have no intention
+of concealing it.</p>
+
+<p>"I can't tell what his designs may be. Did
+you tell him that you were going to California?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Then he will, of course, conclude that you
+have money. Did you tell him where you keep
+it?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir. I keep it in a belt around my
+waist."</p>
+
+<p>"You are too ready to tell that, though
+with me the information is safe. You are to
+room together. What will be easier, then,
+for your companion to rob you during the
+night?"</p>
+
+<p>"I'd better take a room alone," said Tom,
+now thoroughly alarmed.</p>
+
+<p>"I should advise you to, in most cases, but
+at present it may be as well to let things remain
+as they are, as it will save an awkward
+explanation."</p>
+
+<p>"But I don't want to be robbed."</p>
+
+<p>"We have a safe in the office&mdash;there it is&mdash;in
+which we deposit articles of value intrusted
+to us by our guests. Then we become<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span>
+responsible for them. I advise you to leave
+your money with us overnight."</p>
+
+<p>"I will," said Tom, relieved. "I shall have
+to go to my room to remove it."</p>
+
+<p>"Very well. If you have a watch, or any
+other valuable, it will be well to put those in
+our charge also."</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir, I have nothing of consequence but
+the money."</p>
+
+<p>The belt of money was deposited in the safe,
+and Tom felt relieved. He began to realize
+for the first time the need of prudence and caution.
+It had never occurred to him that a nice,
+gentlemanly-looking man, like Milton Graham,
+was likely to rob him of his scanty means.
+Even now he thought there must be some mistake.
+Still he felt that he had done the right
+thing in depositing the money with the clerk.
+The mere thought of losing it, and finding
+himself high and dry&mdash;stranded, so to speak&mdash;hundreds
+of miles from home, made him
+shudder. On the whole, Tom had learned a
+valuable, though an unpleasant, lesson. The
+young are by nature trustful. They are disposed
+to put confidence in those whom they
+meet, even for the first time. Unhappily, in
+a world where there is so much evil as there<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span>
+is in ours, such confidence is not justified.
+There are too many who make it a business
+to prey on their fellows, and select in preference
+the young and inexperienced.</p>
+
+<p>It was only seven o'clock. Tom had a
+curiosity to see the city of Pittsburg, with
+whose name he had been familiar. So, after
+parting with his treasure, he went out for a
+walk. He did not much care where he went,
+since all was alike new to him. He ascertained,
+on inquiry, that Smithfield Street was
+the principal business thoroughfare. He inquired
+his way thither, and walked slowly
+through it, his attention fully occupied by
+what he saw.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII.</h2>
+
+<h3>GRAHAM IN HIS TRUE COLORS.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Tom</span> strayed into a street leading from the
+main thoroughfare. Presently he came to a
+brilliantly-lighted liquor saloon. As he paused
+in front of the door, a heavy hand was laid
+upon his shoulder, and, looking up, he met the
+glance of a well-dressed gentleman, rather<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span>
+portly, whose flushed face and uncertain gait
+indicated his condition. He leaned rather
+heavily upon Tom, apparently for support,
+for he seemed to have been drinking more
+than was good for him.</p>
+
+<p>"My young friend," he said, "come in and
+take a drink."</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you, sir, but I would rather not,"
+said Tom, startled.</p>
+
+<p>"It won't hurt you. It don't hurt me."</p>
+
+<p>As he uttered these last words he came near
+falling. In his effort to save himself he
+clutched Tom by the arm, and nearly pulled
+him over. Our hero was anxious to get away.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you sure it don't hurt you?" he could
+not help saying.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you think I'm drunk?" demanded the
+other.</p>
+
+<p>"I think you've taken more than is good
+for you, sir," Tom answered bravely.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess you're right," muttered the gentleman,
+trying to stand upright. "The drink's
+gone to my legs. That's strange. Does it
+ever go to your legs?"</p>
+
+<p>"I never drink, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"You're a most extraor'nary young man,"
+hiccoughed Tom's new acquaintance.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I must bid you good-night, sir," said our
+hero, anxious to get away.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't go. I can't get home alone."</p>
+
+<p>"Where do you live, sir?"</p>
+
+<p>"I live in the country."</p>
+
+<p>"Are you staying at a hotel?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes&mdash;Pittsburg House. Know Pittsburg
+House?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir. I am staying there myself. Shall
+I lead you there? You'd better not drink any
+more."</p>
+
+<p>"Jus' you say, my young frien'. You know
+best."</p>
+
+<p>It was not a pleasant, or, indeed, an easy
+task to lead home the inebriate, for he leaned
+heavily on Tom, and, being a large man, it
+was as much as our hero could do to get him
+along. As they were walking along Tom
+caught sight of his roommate, Milton Graham,
+just turning into a saloon, in company with
+two other young men. They were laughing
+loudly, and seemed in high spirits. Graham
+did not recognize Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"I hope he won't come home drunk,"
+thought our hero. "It seems to me it is fashionable
+to drink here."</p>
+
+<p>Tom's experience of city life was very<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span>
+limited. It was not long before he learned
+that Pittsburg was by no means exceptional
+in this respect.</p>
+
+<p>He ushered his companion safely into the
+hotel, and then a servant took charge of him,
+and led him to his room. Tom sat up a little
+while longer, reading a paper he found in the
+office, and then went to bed.</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose Mr. Graham will come home
+late," he said to himself. "I must leave the
+door unlocked."</p>
+
+<p>He soon went to sleep. How long he slept
+he did not know, but suddenly awoke after
+an interval. Opening his eyes he became conscious
+that Graham had returned. He discovered
+something more. His roommate, partially
+undressed, and with his back turned to
+Tom, was engaged in searching our hero's
+pockets. This discovery set Tom broad awake
+at once. He was not frightened, but rather
+amused when he thought of Graham's disappointment.
+He did not think it best to speak,
+but counterfeited sleep.</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder where the boy keeps his money,"
+he heard Graham mutter. "Perhaps it is in
+his coat pocket. No, there is nothing but a
+handkerchief. He's more careful than I gave<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span>
+him credit for. Perhaps it is under his pillow."</p>
+
+<p>He laid down the clothes, and approached
+the bed. Tom, with some effort, kept his eyes
+firmly closed.</p>
+
+<p>Graham slid his hand lightly under the
+pillow, but withdrew it with all exclamation
+of disappointment.</p>
+
+<p>"He must have some money," he muttered.
+"Ah, I have it! It is in his valise."</p>
+
+<p>He approached Tom's valise, but it was
+locked. He drew out a bunch of keys, and
+tried one after the other, but in vain. Our
+hero feared he might resort to violent means
+of opening it, and turned in bed. Graham
+wheeled round quickly.</p>
+
+<p>Tom stretched, and opened his eyes languidly.</p>
+
+<p>"Is that you, Mr. Graham?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," answered Graham nonchalantly,
+proceeding to undress himself. "Have you
+been abed long?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," answered Tom. "What
+time is it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Haven't you got a watch?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, I am not rich enough."</p>
+
+<p>"It is one o'clock. I hadn't seen my friend<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span>
+for a long time, and couldn't get away till
+late. By the way, have you got a key about
+you? I can't open my carpetbag."</p>
+
+<p>Tom thought of suggesting the bunch of
+keys in Graham's pocket, but decided not to.</p>
+
+<p>"My key is in my pants' pocket."</p>
+
+<p>"Suppose you get it," said Graham. "I
+don't like to feel in another person's pocket.
+There might be some money there."</p>
+
+<p>This was very scrupulous for one who had
+already searched all Tom's pockets thoroughly.</p>
+
+<p>Our hero got up, and got the key for his
+roommate.</p>
+
+<p>"No, it won't fit," said the young man, after
+a brief trial. "It is too large."</p>
+
+<p>Tom replaced the key in his pocket, confident
+that Graham would in the course of the
+night use it to open his valise. This, however,
+did not trouble him.</p>
+
+<p>"He won't think it worth while to steal my
+shirts or stockings," he reflected, "and the
+handkerchiefs are not worth taking."</p>
+
+<p>"It will be rather awkward if I can't find
+my keys," said Graham craftily. "I keep my
+money in my valise."</p>
+
+<p>He thought his unsophisticated companion
+would reveal in turn where he kept his money;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span>
+but Tom only said, "That is a good place,"
+and, turning over, closed his eyes again.</p>
+
+<p>During the night Tom's valise was opened,
+as he ascertained in a simple way. In the
+morning he found that the key was in the right
+hand-pocket instead of the left, in which he
+had placed it.</p>
+
+<p>Upon Graham's last failure he began to
+suspect what Tom had done with his money.</p>
+
+<p>"The boy isn't so green as I thought," he
+said to himself. "Curse his prudence! I
+must get the money somehow, for I am
+precious hard up."</p>
+
+<p>He got up early, when Tom was yet asleep,
+and went down to the office.</p>
+
+<p>"Good morning," he said to the clerk
+affably.</p>
+
+<p>"Good morning, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"My young friend and roommate left his
+money with you last night. Please deliver it
+to me."</p>
+
+<p>"What is the number of your room?" asked
+the clerk quietly.</p>
+
+<p>"No. 16. Tom Nelson is my roommate."</p>
+
+<p>"Why doesn't he come for it himself?" inquired
+the hotel clerk, with a searching glance
+at Graham.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"He wishes me to buy his steamboat ticket,"
+answered Graham coolly. "He is going down
+the river in my charge."</p>
+
+<p>"Are you his guardian?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," answered Graham, with cool effrontery.
+"He is the son of an acquaintance of
+mine, and I naturally feel an interest in the
+boy."</p>
+
+<p>"He told me he never met you till yesterday."</p>
+
+<p>Graham was rather taken aback, but he
+recovered himself quickly.</p>
+
+<p>"That's pretty cool in Tom," he returned,
+shrugging his shoulders. "I understand it,
+though."</p>
+
+<p>"I am glad you do," said the clerk sarcastically,
+"for it <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'dosen't'">doesn't</ins> look to me at all consistent
+with what you represent."</p>
+
+<p>"The fact is," said Graham plausibly,
+"Tom has a feeling of independence, and
+doesn't like to have it supposed that he is under
+anybody's protection. That accounts for
+what he told you. It isn't right, though, to
+misrepresent. I must give him a scolding.
+I am in a little of a hurry, so if you will kindly
+give me the boy's money&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"It won't do, Mr. Graham," said the clerk,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span>
+very firmly. "The money was put in our
+charge by the boy, and it will be delivered only
+to him."</p>
+
+<p>"You seem to be very suspicious," said Graham
+loftily. "Hand me my bill, if you please.
+I will breakfast elsewhere."</p>
+
+<p>The bill was made out, and paid. Five
+minutes later Milton Graham, with an air of
+outraged virtue, stalked out of the hotel, quite
+forgetting the young friend who was under
+his charge.</p>
+
+<p>When Tom came down-stairs he was told of
+the attempt to get possession of his money.</p>
+
+<p>"I am much obliged to you for not letting
+him have it," he said. "He searched my
+clothes and valise during the night, but I said
+nothing, for I knew he would find nothing
+worth taking."</p>
+
+<p>"He is a dangerous companion. If you
+ever meet him again, I advise you to give him
+a wide berth."</p>
+
+<p>"I certainly shall follow your advice. If
+you had not warned me against him he would
+have stolen my money during the night."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER IX.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE "RIVER BELLE."</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">As</span> Tom took his place at the breakfast table,
+he mechanically lifted his eyes and glanced
+at his neighbors. Directly opposite him sat
+the gentleman whom he had brought home the
+evening before. Now he looked sober and
+respectable. Indeed, he looked as if he might
+be a person of some prominence. He met
+Tom's glance, and recognized him.</p>
+
+<p>"I think you are the boy who came home
+with me last evening," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," answered Tom, rather embarrassed.</p>
+
+<p>"I am afraid I was not quite myself," continued
+the stout gentleman.</p>
+
+<p>"Not quite, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"I ought to be ashamed of myself, and I am.
+I don't often allow myself to be caught in that
+way. You did me a good service."</p>
+
+<p>"You are quite welcome, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"I had a good deal of money with me, and,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span>
+if I had drank any more, I should probably
+have been robbed."</p>
+
+<p>"Why did you run such a risk, sir?" Tom
+could not help asking.</p>
+
+<p>"Because I was a fool," said the other
+bluntly. "I have taste for drink, but when I
+am at home I keep it under control."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you don't live in Pittsburg, sir?"</p>
+
+<p>"No. My home is in one of the river towns
+in Ohio. I came to Pittsburg to collect money
+due me for produce, and but for you should
+probably have carried none of it home."</p>
+
+<p>"I am very glad to be of service to you,"
+said our hero sincerely.</p>
+
+<p>"What are your plans, my young friend?
+I suppose you are only a visitor in this city."</p>
+
+<p>"I am on my way to California. I expect
+to sail in the <i>River Belle</i> at nine o'clock."</p>
+
+<p>"Then we shall be fellow passengers, and I
+shall have a chance to become better acquainted
+with you. You are young to go to
+California alone. You are alone&mdash;are you
+not?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir."</p>
+
+<p>They went down to the boat together, and
+on the way Tom told his story. He learned
+that his acquaintance was Mr. Nicholas Waterbury;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span>
+that he had been a member of the Ohio
+Legislature, and, as he inferred, was a prominent
+citizen of the town in which he lived.</p>
+
+<p>"I should be very much ashamed to have
+them hear at home how I had forgotten myself,"
+said Mr. Waterbury.</p>
+
+<p>"It need not be known," said Tom. "I
+shall not mention it to any one."</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you," said Mr. Waterbury. "I
+would rather you did not, as the news might
+reach my home."</p>
+
+<p>"Where do you live, sir?"</p>
+
+<p>"In Marietta. I shall be glad to have you
+leave the boat there, and stay a day or two
+with me."</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you, sir, but I am in a hurry to
+reach California, on my father's account. I
+want to send back as soon as possible the
+money he raised to pay my expenses out."</p>
+
+<p>"That is very commendable; I can enter
+into your feelings. I should like to show my
+obligation to you in some way."</p>
+
+<p>"It is not worth thinking about, sir," said
+Tom modestly.</p>
+
+<p>"Permit me to disagree with you. Why,
+my young friend, how much money do you
+think I had with me?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I don't know, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Upward of six hundred dollars."</p>
+
+<p>As Mr. Waterbury uttered these words, a
+young man, very dark, with narrow black
+whiskers, passed them. He darted a quick
+glance at the speaker, and walked rapidly on.
+Tom noticed him, but not with attention.</p>
+
+<p>"That is a good deal of money, sir," he
+remarked.</p>
+
+<p>"It would have been a good deal to lose,"
+said Mr. Waterbury, "and I have no doubt I
+should have lost it if it had not been for you."</p>
+
+<p>"I haven't so much money as you, but I
+came near losing it last night."</p>
+
+<p>"How was that?" asked Tom's new acquaintance,
+with curiosity.</p>
+
+<p>Tom explained the attempt of his roommate
+to rob him.</p>
+
+<p>"It would have been a serious loss to you,
+my young friend."</p>
+
+<p>"It would have broken up all my plans, and
+I should have had to work my way home,
+greatly disappointed."</p>
+
+<p>"You will need to be careful about forming
+acquaintances. There are exceptions, however.
+I am a new acquaintance; but I don't
+think you need fear me."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"No, sir," said Tom, smiling.</p>
+
+<p>"While I have received a great service from
+you, who are a new acquaintance. But here
+we are at the steamer."</p>
+
+<p>The <i>River Belle</i> lay at her pier. Tom and
+his companion went on board. Both secured
+tickets, and Tom provided himself with a stateroom,
+for he expected to remain on board till
+they reached Cincinnati. Freight of various
+kinds was being busily stowed away below. It
+was a busy and animated scene, and Tom
+looked on with interest.</p>
+
+<p>"Have you ever been on a steamboat before?"
+asked Mr. Waterbury.</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir. I have never traveled any to
+speak of before leaving home on this journey,"
+replied Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"It will be a pleasant variety for you, then,
+though the scenery is tame. However, some
+of the river towns are pretty."</p>
+
+<p>"I am sure I shall like it, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"I wish I were going all the way with you&mdash;I
+mean as far as Cincinnati," said Mr. Waterbury.</p>
+
+<p>"I wish you were, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"I have a great mind to do it," said the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span>
+gentleman musingly. "I should have to go
+very soon on business, at any rate, and I can
+attend to it now just as well as later."</p>
+
+<p>"I shall be very glad if you can make it
+convenient, sir. We might occupy the same
+stateroom."</p>
+
+<p>"Are you not afraid that I shall follow the
+example of your Pittsburg roommate?" asked
+Mr. Waterbury.</p>
+
+<p>"I have less to lose than you," answered
+Tom. "Besides, I shall have to have a roommate,
+as there are two berths."</p>
+
+<p>"Precisely, and I might be safer than some.
+I have a great mind to keep on. I shall see
+some one on the pier in Marietta by whom I
+can send word to my family. By the way, I
+have a son about your age, and a daughter
+two years younger."</p>
+
+<p>"Have you, sir?" asked Tom, with interest.</p>
+
+<p>"I should like you to meet them. Perhaps
+you may some day."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope I may," said Tom politely.</p>
+
+<p>"I am a manufacturer," continued Mr.
+Waterbury, "and sell my goods chiefly in
+Pittsburg and Cincinnati. From these places
+they are forwarded farther east and west."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I suppose that's a pretty good business,
+sir?"</p>
+
+<p>"Sometimes; but there are intervals of depression.
+However, I have no right to complain.
+I began a poor boy, and now I am
+moderately rich."</p>
+
+<p>"Were you as poor as I am?" inquired Tom,
+beginning to feel a personal interest in his
+companion's career.</p>
+
+<p>"Quite so, I fancy. At the age of sixteen
+I couldn't call myself the owner of five dollars."</p>
+
+<p>"And you have become rich?" said Tom,
+feeling very much encouraged.</p>
+
+<p>"Moderately so. I am probably worth fifty
+thousand dollars, and am just fifty years of
+age."</p>
+
+<p>"That seems to me very rich," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"I should have said the same thing at your
+age. Our views change as we get older. Still,
+I regard myself as very well off, and, with
+prudent management, I need not fear reverses."</p>
+
+<p>"I should think not," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"You don't know how easy it is to lose<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span>
+money, my boy. I am not referring to robbery,
+but to mismanagement."</p>
+
+<p>"Your success encourages me, Mr. Waterbury,"
+said Tom. "I am willing to work
+hard."</p>
+
+<p>"I think you will succeed. You look like
+a boy of good habits. Energy, industry, and
+good habits can accomplish wonders. But I
+think we are on the point of starting."</p>
+
+<p>Just before the gangplank was drawn in,
+two persons hastily crossed it.</p>
+
+<p>One was the dark young man who had
+passed them on the way down to the boat;
+the other was Milton Graham.</p>
+
+<p>"Mr. Waterbury," said Tom hurriedly, "do
+you see that man?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes."</p>
+
+<p>"He is the man that tried to rob me."</p>
+
+<p>"We must be on our guard, then. He may
+be up to more mischief."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER X.</h2>
+
+<h3>ON THE STEAMER.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">In</span> half an hour the <i>River Belle</i> was on her
+way. Tom watched the city as it receded from
+view. He enjoyed this new mode of travel
+better than riding on the cars. He had never
+before been on any boat except a ferry-boat,
+and congratulated himself on his decision to
+journey by boat part of the way.</p>
+
+<p>Milton Graham had passed him two or
+three times, but Tom, though seeing him, had
+not volunteered recognition. Finding that
+he must make the first advances, Graham
+finally stopped short, looked full at our hero,
+and his face wore a very natural expression
+of surprise and pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, Tom, is that you?" he said, offering
+his hand, which Tom did not appear to see.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said our hero coldly.</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't expect to see you here."</p>
+
+<p>"I told you I intended to sail on the <i>River
+Belle</i>."</p>
+
+<p>"So you did; but I thought you had changed
+your mind."</p>
+
+<p>It made very little difference to Tom what
+Mr. Graham thought, and he turned from him
+to watch the scenery past which the boat was
+gliding.</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose," continued the young man,
+"you were surprised to find me gone when you
+came down-stairs to breakfast."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I was."</p>
+
+<p>"He resents it because I left him," thought
+Graham. "I guess I can bring him around."</p>
+
+<p>"The fact was," explained Graham, in a
+plausible manner, "I went out to call on a
+friend, meaning to come back to breakfast;
+but he made me breakfast with him, and when
+I did return you were gone. I owe you an
+apology, Tom. I hope you will excuse my
+unintentional neglect."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, certainly," said Tom indifferently;
+"it's of no consequence."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Graham looked at him sharply. He<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span>
+could not tell whether our hero was aware of
+his dishonest intentions or not, but as Tom
+must still have money, which he wanted to
+secure, he thought it best to ignore his coldness.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said he; "it's of no consequence as
+long as we have come together again. By the
+way, have you secured a stateroom?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes."</p>
+
+<p>"If the other berth is not taken, I should
+like very much to go in with you," said Graham
+insinuatingly.</p>
+
+<p>"I have a roommate," said Tom coolly.</p>
+
+<p>"You have? Who is it?" demanded Graham,
+disappointed.</p>
+
+<p>"That gentleman," answered Tom, pointing
+out Mr. Nicholas Waterbury.</p>
+
+<p>"Humph! do you know him?"</p>
+
+<p>"I met him at the Pittsburg House."</p>
+
+<p>"My young friend," said Graham, with the
+air of a friendly mentor, "I want to give you
+a piece of advice."</p>
+
+<p>"Very well."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't be too ready to trust strangers. This
+Mr. Waterbury may be a very good man, but,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span>
+on the other hand, he may be a confidence man.
+Do you understand me?"</p>
+
+<p>"I think so."</p>
+
+<p>"Now, I suppose you have money?"</p>
+
+<p>"A little."</p>
+
+<p>"Take care that he doesn't get possession
+of it. There are men who go about expressly
+to fleece inexperienced strangers."</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose you know all about that," Tom
+could not help saying.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you mean?" demanded Graham
+suspiciously.</p>
+
+<p>"You are an old traveler, and must know
+all about the sharpers."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, to be sure," said Graham, immediately
+dismissing his suspicions. "You couldn't
+leave your companion, could you, and come
+into my stateroom?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think I could."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, very well. It's of no consequence.
+Keep a good lookout for your roommate."</p>
+
+<p>Graham turned away, and resumed his walk.
+Soon Tom saw him in company with the dark
+young man, to whom reference has already
+been made.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Well," said the latter, "how did you make
+out with the boy?"</p>
+
+<p>"He's offish. I don't know as he suspects
+me. I wanted to get him into my stateroom,
+but he has already taken up with another man&mdash;that
+stout party over there."</p>
+
+<p>"So I suspected. I can tell you something
+about that man."</p>
+
+<p>"What?"</p>
+
+<p>"He carries six hundred dollars about him."</p>
+
+<p>"You don't say so! How did you find out?"</p>
+
+<p>"I overheard him telling the boy so."</p>
+
+<p>"That's important news. The boy must
+have a couple of hundred, or thereabouts, as
+he is on his way to California."</p>
+
+<p>"Eight hundred dollars together! That
+would make a good haul."</p>
+
+<p>"So it would, but it won't be easy to get
+it."</p>
+
+<p>While this conversation was going on Tom
+informed Mr. Waterbury of what had passed
+between Graham and himself.</p>
+
+<p>"So he warned you against me, did he?"
+said Mr. Waterbury laughingly.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, he thought I would be safer in his
+company."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"If you want to exchange, I will retire,"
+said Mr. Waterbury, smiling.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you; I would rather not. I am
+glad I met you, or he might have managed to
+get in with me."</p>
+
+<p>It was not long before they came to a landing.
+It was a small river village, whose neat
+white houses, with here and there one of
+greater pretensions, presented an attractive
+appearance. A lady and her daughter came
+on board here. The lady was dressed in black,
+and appeared to be a widow. The girl was
+perhaps fourteen years of age, with a bright,
+attractive face. Two trunks were put on the
+boat with them, and as they were the only
+passengers from this landing, Tom inferred
+that they were their property.</p>
+
+<p>"That's quite a pretty girl," said Mr. Waterbury.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," answered Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"You ought to get acquainted with her,"
+said Mr. Waterbury jocosely.</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps," said Tom shyly, "you will get
+acquainted with them, and then you can introduce
+me."</p>
+
+<p>"You are quite sharp," said Mr. Waterbury,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span>
+laughing. "However, your hint is a good one.
+I may act upon it."</p>
+
+<p>It happened, however, that Tom required
+no introduction. As the lady and her daughter
+walked across the deck, to occupy some desirable
+seats on the other side, the former
+dropped a kid glove, which Tom, espying,
+hastened forward and, picking up, politely
+tendered to the owner.</p>
+
+<p>"You are very kind," said the lady, in a
+pleasant voice. "I am much obliged."</p>
+
+<p>"Mama is quite in the habit of dropping
+her gloves," said the young girl, with a smiling
+glance at Tom. "I really think she does
+it on purpose."</p>
+
+<p>"Then, perhaps, I had better keep near-by
+to pick them up," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Really, Jennie," said her mother, "you are
+giving the young gentleman a strange impression
+of me."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, mama, you know you dropped your
+gloves in the street the last time you were in
+Pittsburg, but there was no gentleman to pick
+them up, so I had to. Are you going to Cincinnati?"
+she asked, turning to Tom.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and farther; I am going to California,"
+replied Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Dear me, you will be quite a traveler. I
+wish I were going to California."</p>
+
+<p>"You wouldn't like to go there on the same
+business that I am."</p>
+
+<p>"What is that?"</p>
+
+<p>"I am going to dig gold."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know. I suppose it isn't girl's
+work; but if I saw any gold about, I should
+like to dig for it. Is that your father that was
+standing by you?"</p>
+
+<p>"No," answered Tom. "I never met him
+till yesterday. We were staying at the same
+hotel in Pittsburg."</p>
+
+<p>"He seems like quite a nice old gentleman."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Waterbury was not over fifty, but to the
+young girl he seemed an old gentleman.</p>
+
+<p>"I find him very pleasant."</p>
+
+<p>There was a seat next to Jennie, and Tom
+ventured to occupy it.</p>
+
+<p>"What is your name?" asked the young
+lady sociably.</p>
+
+<p>"Thomas Nelson, but most people call me
+Tom."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"My name is Jane Watson, but everybody
+calls me Jennie."</p>
+
+<p>"That is much prettier than Jane."</p>
+
+<p>"So I think. Jane seems old-maidish, don't
+you think so?"</p>
+
+<p>"Are you afraid of becoming an old maid?"
+asked Tom, smiling.</p>
+
+<p>"Awfully. I wouldn't be an old maid for
+anything. My school-teacher is an old maid.
+She's horribly prim. She won't let us laugh,
+or talk, or anything."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think you'll grow up like that."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope not."</p>
+
+<p>"How you run on, Jennie!" said her mother.
+"What will this young gentleman think of
+you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Nothing very bad, I hope," said Jennie,
+smiling archly on Tom. "I suppose," she continued,
+addressing him, "I ought to be very
+quiet and reserved, as you are a stranger."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope you won't be," said Tom heartily.</p>
+
+<p>"Then I won't. Somehow you don't seem
+like a stranger. You look a good deal like
+a cousin of mine. I suppose that is the
+reason."</p>
+
+<p>So they chatted on for an hour or more.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span>
+Jennie was very vivacious, occasionally droll,
+and Tom enjoyed her company. The mother
+saw that our hero was well-behaved and gentlemanly,
+and made no objection to the sudden
+intimacy.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XI.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE FIRST DAY ON THE RIVER.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">About</span> half-past twelve dinner was announced.</p>
+
+<p>"I hope you'll sit next to us, Tom," said
+Jennie Watson.</p>
+
+<p>"I will, if I can."</p>
+
+<p>It happened that Milton Graham entered
+the saloon at the same time with the new
+friends. He took the seat next to Jennie,
+much to that young lady's annoyance.</p>
+
+<p>"Will you be kind enough to take the next
+seat?" she asked. "That young gentleman is
+to sit next to me."</p>
+
+<p>"I am sorry to resign the pleasure, but anything<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span>
+to oblige," said Graham. "Tom, I congratulate
+you," he continued, with a disagreeable smile.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you," said our hero briefly.</p>
+
+<p>"He calls you Tom. Does he know you?"
+inquired Jennie, in a low voice.</p>
+
+<p>"I made his acquaintance yesterday for the
+first time."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't like his looks; do you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Wait till after dinner and I will tell you,"
+said Tom, fearing that Graham would hear.</p>
+
+<p>Milton Graham saw that Jennie was pretty,
+and desired to make her acquaintance.</p>
+
+<p>"Tom," said he&mdash;for he sat on the other
+side of our hero&mdash;"won't you introduce me
+to your young lady friend?"</p>
+
+<p>Tom was not well versed in etiquette, but
+his good sense told him that he ought to ask
+Jennie's permission first.</p>
+
+<p>"If Miss Watson is willing," he said, and
+asked her the question.</p>
+
+<p>Jennie was not aware of Graham's real
+character, and gave permission. She was perhaps
+a little too ready to make new acquaintances.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you enjoy this mode of travel, Miss<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span>
+Watson?" said Graham, after the introduction.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes; I think it very pleasant."</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose you wouldn't like the ocean as
+well. I went to Havana last winter&mdash;on business
+for my father&mdash;and had a very rough passage.
+The steamer pitched and tossed, making
+us all miserably seasick."</p>
+
+<p>"I shouldn't like that."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think you would; but we business
+men must not regard such things."</p>
+
+<p>Tom listened to him with incredulity. Only
+the day before he would have put full confidence
+in his statement; but he had learned a
+lesson, thanks to Graham himself.</p>
+
+<p>"How far are you going, Miss Watson?"
+continued Graham.</p>
+
+<p>"To Cincinnati. My mother and I are going
+to live there."</p>
+
+<p>"It is a very pleasant city. I have often
+been there&mdash;on business."</p>
+
+<p>"What is your business, Mr. Graham?"
+Tom could not help asking.</p>
+
+<p>"I see you are a Yankee," said Graham,
+smiling. "Yankees are very inquisitive&mdash;always
+asking questions."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Are you a Yankee, Mr. Graham?" asked
+Jennie. "You asked me where I was going."</p>
+
+<p>"A fair hit," said Graham. "No, I am not
+a Yankee. I am a native of New York."</p>
+
+<p>"And I of New Jersey," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, you are a foreigner then," said Graham.
+"We always call Jerseymen foreigners."</p>
+
+<p>"It is a stupid joke, I think," said Tom, who
+was loyal to his native State.</p>
+
+<p>"You didn't answer Tom's question," said
+Jennie, who was a very straightforward young
+lady.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, my father is a commission merchant,"
+answered Graham.</p>
+
+<p>"What does he deal in?"</p>
+
+<p>"Articles too numerous to mention. Tom,
+will you pass me the potatoes?"</p>
+
+<p>Dinner was soon over, and the passengers
+went upon deck. Graham lit a cigar.</p>
+
+<p>"Have a cigar, Tom?" he said.</p>
+
+<p>"No, thank you; I don't smoke."</p>
+
+<p>"You'll soon learn. I'll see you again
+soon."</p>
+
+<p>"Tom," said Jennie, "tell me about this Mr.
+Graham. What do you know about him?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I don't like to tell what I know," said
+Tom, hesitating.</p>
+
+<p>"But I want you to. You introduced me,
+you know."</p>
+
+<p>"What I know is not to his advantage. I
+don't like to talk against a man."</p>
+
+<p>"You needn't mind telling me."</p>
+
+<p>On reflection Tom decided that he ought to
+tell what he knew, for he felt that Jennie
+ought to be put on her guard against a man
+whom he did not consider a suitable acquaintance
+for her.</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said he, "if you promise not
+to let him know that I have told you."</p>
+
+<p>"I promise."</p>
+
+<p>"He was my roommate last night at the
+Pittsburg House," said Tom, in a low voice.
+"During the night he tried to rob me."</p>
+
+<p>"You don't say so!" ejaculated Jennie, in
+round-eyed wonder.</p>
+
+<p>"I will tell you the particulars."</p>
+
+<p>This Tom did. Jennie listened with indignation.</p>
+
+<p>"But I don't understand," she said. "Why
+should the son of a merchant need to rob a boy<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span>
+like you? He looks as if he had plenty of
+money."</p>
+
+<p>"So I thought; but the hotel clerk told me
+that sharpers often appeared like this Mr.
+Graham, if that is his name."</p>
+
+<p>"How strange it seems!" said Jennie. "I
+wish you hadn't introduced me."</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't want to; but he asked, and at the
+table I couldn't give my reasons for refusing."</p>
+
+<p>"My dear child," said her mother, "you are
+too ready to form new acquaintances. Let this
+be a lesson for you."</p>
+
+<p>"But some new acquaintances are nice,"
+pleaded Jennie. "Isn't Tom a new acquaintance?"</p>
+
+<p>"I will make an exception in his favor,"
+said Mrs. Watson, smiling pleasantly.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you," said Tom. "How do you
+know but I may be a pickpocket?" he continued,
+addressing Jennie.</p>
+
+<p>"As I have only ten cents in my pocket I
+will trust you," said the young lady merrily.
+"I'd trust you with any amount, Tom," she
+added impulsively.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you, for your good opinion, Miss
+Jennie."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Don't call me Miss Jennie. If you do, I'll
+call you Mr. Tom."</p>
+
+<p>"I shouldn't know myself by that title.
+Then I'll call you Jennie."</p>
+
+<p>"I wish you were going to live in Cincinnati,"
+said the young lady. "It would be nice
+to have you come and see us."</p>
+
+<p>"I should like it; but I mustn't think so
+much of pleasure as business."</p>
+
+<p>"Like Mr. Graham."</p>
+
+<p>"I must work hard at the mines. I suppose
+I shall look pretty rough when I am there."</p>
+
+<p>"When you've made your pile, Tom&mdash;that's
+what they call it, isn't it?&mdash;you'll come back,
+won't you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes."</p>
+
+<p>"You must stop in Cincinnati on your way
+home."</p>
+
+<p>"I wouldn't know where to find you."</p>
+
+<p>"I will give you our address before we part.
+But that will be some time yet."</p>
+
+<p>About this time Graham, who had finished
+smoking his cigar, strolled back.</p>
+
+<p>"Miss Watson," said he, "don't you feel
+like having a promenade?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Jennie suddenly. "Tom, come
+walk with me."</p>
+
+<p>Our hero readily accepted the invitation,
+and the two walked up and down the deck.</p>
+
+<p>"That's what I call a snub," said Graham's
+friend, the dark-complexioned young man, who
+was within hearing.</p>
+
+<p>Graham's face was dark with anger.</p>
+
+<p>"Curse her impudence, and his too!" he
+muttered. "I should like to wring the boy's
+neck."</p>
+
+<p>"He can't help it, if the girl prefers his company,"
+said the other, rather enjoying Graham's
+mortification.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll punish him all the same."</p>
+
+<p>By this time Tom and Jennie were near him
+again, on their return.</p>
+
+<p>"You don't treat me with much ceremony,
+Miss Watson," said Graham, with an evil
+smile.</p>
+
+<p>"My mother doesn't like me to make too
+many acquaintances," said Jennie demurely.</p>
+
+<p>"She is very prudent," sneered Graham.
+"You have known your present companion
+quite a long time."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I hope to know him a long time," said the
+young lady promptly. "Let's us continue our
+walk, Tom."</p>
+
+<p>In discomfiture which he was unable to hide,
+Graham walked away.</p>
+
+<p>"Evidently, Graham, you are no match for
+those two youngsters," said his friend, in
+amusement, which Graham did not share.</p>
+
+<p>Graham did not reply, but seemed moody
+and preoccupied.</p>
+
+<p>Tom and his companion noticed Graham's
+displeasure, but they felt indifferent to it.
+They had no desire to continue his acquaintance.
+Our hero introduced Mr. Waterbury to
+his new friends, and this gentleman, who was
+a thorough gentleman, except on the rare occasion
+when he yielded to the temptation of
+strong drink, made a favorable impression
+upon both.</p>
+
+<p>So the day passed. Tom enjoyed it thoroughly.
+The river banks afforded a continuous
+panorama, while the frequent stops gave
+him an opportunity of observing the different
+towns in detail. Two or three times he went
+ashore, accompanied by Jennie, and remained
+till the steamer was ready to start.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Finally night came, and one by one the
+weary passengers retired to rest.</p>
+
+<p>"Good night, Tom," said Jennie Watson.
+"Be up early in the morning."</p>
+
+<p>"So as to get an appetite for breakfast?"
+asked Tom, with a smile.</p>
+
+<p>"I think we shall both have appetites
+enough; but it will be pleasant to breathe the
+fresh morning air."</p>
+
+<p>Tom promised to get up, if he wakened in
+time.</p>
+
+<p>"If you don't mind, I will occupy the lower
+berth," said Mr. Waterbury. "I can't climb
+as well as you."</p>
+
+<p>"All right, sir. It makes no difference to
+me."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XII.</h2>
+
+<h3>NO. 61 AND NO. 62.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">The</span> stateroom was small, as most staterooms
+on river boats are. There appeared to
+be no means of ventilation. Mr. Waterbury<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span>
+was a stout man, and inclined to be short-breathed.
+After an hour he rose and opened
+the door, so as to leave it slightly ajar. With
+the relief thus afforded he was able to go to
+sleep, and sleep soundly. Tom was already
+asleep, and knew nothing of what had happened.</p>
+
+<p>The number of the stateroom was 61. Directly
+opposite was 62, occupied by Milton
+Graham and his companion.</p>
+
+<p>If Graham did not go to sleep it was because
+his brain was busily scheming how to
+obtain possession of the money belonging to
+his neighbors.</p>
+
+<p>"Won't your key fit?" asked Vincent, for
+this was the name of the dark-complexioned
+young man.</p>
+
+<p>"No use, even if it does. Of course they will
+lock it inside, and probably leave the key in
+the lock."</p>
+
+<p>About midnight, Graham, who had not fully
+undressed, having merely taken off his coat,
+got up, and, opening the door, peered out. To
+his surprise and joy he saw that the door of
+No. 61 was ajar. He at first thought of rousing
+Vincent, who was asleep; but a selfish<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span>
+thought suggested itself. If he did this, he
+must share with Vincent anything he might
+succeed in stealing; if not, he could keep it all
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>He left his stateroom silently, and looked
+cautiously around him. No one seemed to be
+stirring in the cabin. Next he stepped across,
+and, opening wider the door of 61, looked in.
+The two inmates were, to all appearances,
+sleeping soundly.</p>
+
+<p>"So far, so good," he said to himself.</p>
+
+<p>He stepped in, moderating even his breathing,
+and took up a pair of pants which lay on
+a chair. They belonged to Mr. Waterbury,
+for Tom had merely taken off his coat, and
+lain down as he was. His belt of gold he therefore
+found it unnecessary to take off.</p>
+
+<p>Graham saw at once, from the size of the
+pants, that they must belong to the elder passenger.
+This suited him, however, as he knew
+from Vincent's information that Mr. Waterbury
+had six hundred dollars, and Tom could
+not be supposed to have anything like this
+sum. He felt eagerly in the pockets, and
+to his great joy his hand came in contact with
+a pocketbook. He drew it out without ceremony.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span>
+It was a comfortable-looking wallet,
+fairly bulging with bills.</p>
+
+<p>"He's got all his money inside," thought
+Graham, delighted. "What a fool he must be
+to leave it so exposed&mdash;with his door open,
+too!"</p>
+
+<p>At this moment Graham heard a stir in the
+lower berth. There was no time to wait. He
+glided out of the room, and reentered his own
+stateroom. Immediately after his departure
+Mr. Waterbury, who had awakened in time to
+catch sight of his receding figure, rose in his
+berth, and drew toward him the garment which
+Graham had rifled. He felt in the pocket,
+and discovered that the wallet had been
+taken.</p>
+
+<p>Instead of making a fuss, he smiled quietly,
+and said: "Just as I expected."</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder if they have robbed Tom, too," he
+said to himself.</p>
+
+<p>He rose, closed the door, and then shook
+Tom with sufficient energy to awaken him.</p>
+
+<p>"Who's there?" asked Tom, in some bewilderment,
+as he opened his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>"It's I&mdash;Mr. Waterbury."</p>
+
+<p>"Is it morning? Have we arrived?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"No, it is about midnight."</p>
+
+<p>"Is there anything the matter?"</p>
+
+<p>"I want you to see if you have been robbed.'"</p>
+
+<p>Tom was broad awake in an instant.</p>
+
+<p>"Robbed!" he exclaimed, in alarm. He
+felt for his belt and was relieved.</p>
+
+<p>"No," he answered. "What makes you
+ask?"</p>
+
+<p>"Because I have had a wallet taken. It
+makes me laugh when I think of it."</p>
+
+<p>"Makes you laugh!" repeated Tom, under
+the transient impression that his companion
+was insane. "Why should you laugh at the
+loss of your money?"</p>
+
+<p>"I saw the thief sneak out of the stateroom,"
+continued Mr. Waterbury; "but I
+didn't interfere with him."</p>
+
+<p>"You didn't!" said Tom, completely mystified.
+"I would. Did you see who it was?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; it was your friend and late roommate."</p>
+
+<p>"Mr. Graham?"</p>
+
+<p>"As he calls himself. I don't suppose he
+has any rightful claim to the name."</p>
+
+<p>"Surely, Mr. Waterbury, you are not going
+to let him keep the money," said Tom energetically;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span>
+"I'll go with you, and make him
+give it up. Where is his stateroom?"</p>
+
+<p>"Just opposite&mdash;No. 62."</p>
+
+<p>"We had better go at once," said Tom, sitting
+up in his berth.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, no; he's welcome to all there is in the
+pocketbook."</p>
+
+<p>"Wasn't there anything in it?"</p>
+
+<p>"It was stuffed full."</p>
+
+<p>Tom was more than ever convinced that his
+roommate was crazy. He had heard that misfortune
+sometimes affected a man's mind; and
+he was inclined to think that here was a case
+in point.</p>
+
+<p>"You'll get it back," said he soothingly.
+"Graham can't get off the boat. We will report
+the matter to the captain."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't care whether I get it back or not,"
+said Mr. Waterbury.</p>
+
+<p>Tom looked so confused and bewildered that
+his companion felt called upon to end the
+mystification.</p>
+
+<p>"I know what is in your mind," he said,
+smiling. "You think I am crazy."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't understand how you can take your
+loss so coolly, sir."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Then I will explain. That wallet was a
+dummy."</p>
+
+<p>"A what, sir?"</p>
+
+<p>"A sham&mdash;a pretense. My pocketbook and
+money are safe under my pillow. The wallet
+taken by your friend was filled with imitation
+greenbacks; in reality, business circulars of a
+firm in Marietta."</p>
+
+<p>Tom saw it all now.</p>
+
+<p>"It's a capital joke," he said, laughing.
+"I'd like to see how Graham looks when he
+discovers the value of his prize."</p>
+
+<p>"He will look green, and feel greener, I suspect,"
+chuckled Mr. Waterbury. "You are
+certain you have lost nothing, Tom?"</p>
+
+<p>"Perfectly certain, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Then we won't trouble ourselves about
+what has happened. I fancy, however, it will
+be best to keep our own door locked for the remainder
+of the night, even at the risk of suffocation."</p>
+
+<p>"That's a capital trick of yours, Mr. Waterbury,"
+said Tom admiringly.</p>
+
+<p>"It has more than once saved me from robbery.
+I have occasion to travel considerably,
+and so am more or less exposed."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I wonder if Graham will discover the cheat
+before morning."</p>
+
+<p>"I doubt it. The staterooms are dark, and
+the imitation is so good that on casual inspection
+the strips of paper will appear to be genuine
+greenbacks."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Waterbury retired to his berth, and was
+soon asleep again. Tom, as he lay awake,
+from time to time laughed to himself, as he
+thought of Graham's coming disappointment,
+and congratulated himself that he and that
+young man were no longer roommates.</p>
+
+<p>When Graham returned to his stateroom
+Vincent, who was a light sleeper, was aroused
+by the slight noise he made.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you up, Graham?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; I got up a minute."</p>
+
+<p>"Have you been out of the stateroom?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes."</p>
+
+<p>"What for?"</p>
+
+<p>"To get a glass of water."</p>
+
+<p>There was a vessel of water in the cabin, and
+this seemed plausible enough.</p>
+
+<p>"Any chance of doing anything to-night?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, I think not."</p>
+
+<p>Vincent sank back on his pillow, and Graham<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span>
+got back into his berth. Quietly he drew
+the wallet from his pocket, in which he had
+placed it, and eagerly opened it. The huge
+roll of bills was a pleasant and welcome
+sight.</p>
+
+<p>"There's all of six hundred dollars here!"
+he said to himself. "I mustn't let Vincent
+know that I have them."</p>
+
+<p>It occurred to Graham that, of course, Mr.
+Waterbury would proclaim his loss in the
+morning, and it also occurred to him that he
+might be able to fasten suspicion upon Tom,
+who, as his roommate, would naturally have
+the best chance to commit the robbery. One
+thing might criminate him&mdash;the discovery of
+the wallet upon his person. He therefore
+waited till Vincent was once more asleep, and,
+getting up softly, made his way to the deck.
+He drew the bills from the wallet, put them
+in an inside pocket, and threw the wallet into
+the river.</p>
+
+<p>"Now I'm safe," he muttered, with a sigh of
+relief. "The money may be found on me, but
+no one can prove it is not my own."</p>
+
+<p>He gained his berth without again awakening
+his companion.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"A pretty good night's work!" he said to
+himself, in quiet exultation. "Alone I have
+succeeded, while Vincent lies in stupid sleep.
+He is no match for me, much as he thinks of
+himself. I have stolen a march upon him this
+time."</p>
+
+<p>It is not in accordance with our ideas of
+the fitness of things that a man who has committed
+a midnight robbery should be able to
+sleep tranquilly for the balance of the night,
+but it is at any rate certain that Graham slept
+soundly till his roommate awakened him in
+the morning.</p>
+
+<p>"Rouse up, Graham," he said. "Breakfast
+is nearly ready."</p>
+
+<p>"Is it?" asked Graham.</p>
+
+<p>"Instead of sleeping there, you ought to be
+thinking how we can make a forced loan from
+our acquaintances in 61."</p>
+
+<p>"To be sure," said Graham, smiling. "I am
+rather stupid about such things. Have you
+any plan to suggest?"</p>
+
+<p>"You seem very indifferent all at once,"
+said Vincent.</p>
+
+<p>"Not at all. If you think of anything
+practical I am your man."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>He longed to get rid of Vincent, in order to
+have an opportunity of counting his roll of
+bills.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XIII.</h2>
+
+<h3>GRAHAM'S DISAPPOINTMENT.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Milton Graham</span>, on reaching a place where
+he could do so unobserved, drew from his
+pocket the roll of bills, with a smile of exultation.
+But the smile faded, and was succeeded
+by a look of dismay, when he recognized the
+worthlessness of his booty. An oath rose to his
+lips, and he thrust the roll back into his pocket,
+as he noticed the approach of a passenger.</p>
+
+<p>"It's a cursed imposition!" he muttered to
+himself, and he really felt that he had been
+wronged by Mr. Waterbury.</p>
+
+<p>"What are you doing out here, Graham?"
+asked Vincent, for it was his confederate who
+approached.</p>
+
+<p>"Nothing in particular. Why?" responded
+Graham.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"What makes you look so glum?"</p>
+
+<p>"Do I look glum?"</p>
+
+<p>"You look as if you had but one friend in
+the world, and were about to lose him."</p>
+
+<p>"That may be true enough," muttered Graham.</p>
+
+<p>"Come, man, don't look so downcast."</p>
+
+<p><a name="repeat" id="repeat"></a>"I'm out of luck, and out of cash, Vincent."</p>
+
+<p>"We're both in the same boat, as far as that
+goes; but that isn't going to last. How about
+our stout friend? Can't we make him contribute
+to our necessities?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't believe he's got any money."</p>
+
+<p>"No? Why, I heard him tell the boy he
+had six hundred dollars."</p>
+
+<p>"Where does he keep it?"</p>
+
+<p>"In his pocketbook probably."</p>
+
+<p>"Will you oblige me by stating how we are
+going to get hold of it?"</p>
+
+<p>"I look to you for that."</p>
+
+<p>"He's too careful. I leave you to try your
+hand."</p>
+
+<p>"Let me go in to breakfast. There's nothing
+like a full stomach to suggest ideas."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>So the two went to the breakfast table, and
+Graham, in spite of his disappointment, managed
+to eat a hearty meal.</p>
+
+<p>An hour later Mr. Waterbury and Tom were
+standing on deck, conversing with Jennie
+Watson and her mother, when Graham and
+Vincent approached arm in arm. As soon as
+they were within hearing distance Mr. Waterbury
+purposely remarked, "By the way, Mrs.
+Watson, I met with a loss last night."</p>
+
+<p>"Indeed!" returned the lady.</p>
+
+<p>Graham was about to push on, not wishing
+Vincent to hear the disclosure, as it might
+awaken his suspicions; but the latter's curiosity
+was aroused.</p>
+
+<p>"Wait, Graham," he said; and Graham,
+against his will, was compelled to slacken his
+pace.</p>
+
+<p>"A man entered my stateroom during the
+night, and stole a wallet from my coat pocket."</p>
+
+<p>Graham changed color a little, and Vincent
+seemed amazed.</p>
+
+<p>"Did you hear that, Graham?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes."</p>
+
+<p>"What does it mean?"</p>
+
+<p>"How can I tell?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I hope you did not lose much," said Mrs.
+Watson, in a tone of sympathy.</p>
+
+<p>"I lost the wallet," said Mr. Waterbury,
+laughing.</p>
+
+<p>"Was there nothing in it?"</p>
+
+<p>"It was full of bills."</p>
+
+<p>Vincent looked at Graham with new-born
+suspicion, but Graham looked indifferent.</p>
+
+<p>"It appears to me that you take the loss
+cheerfully," said Mrs. Watson, puzzled.</p>
+
+<p>"I have reason to. The fact is, I was prepared
+for the visit, and had filled the wallet
+with bogus bills. I fancy they won't do my
+visitor much good."</p>
+
+<p>The lady smiled.</p>
+
+<p>"You were fortunate, Mr. Waterbury," said
+she. "Do you suspect any one of the theft?"</p>
+
+<p>"I know pretty well who robbed me," returned
+Mr. Waterbury, and he suffered his
+glance to rest on Graham, who seemed in a
+hurry to get away.</p>
+
+<p>"Come along, Vincent," he said sharply.</p>
+
+<p>Vincent obeyed. Light dawned upon him,
+and he determined to verify his suspicions.</p>
+
+<p>"Graham," said he, in a low voice, "you did
+this."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Did what?"</p>
+
+<p>"You got that wallet."</p>
+
+<p>Graham concluded that he might as well
+make a clean breast of it, since it had become
+a matter of necessity.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said he, "suppose I did?"</p>
+
+<p>"You were not going to let me know of it,"
+said Vincent suspiciously.</p>
+
+<p>"That is true. I was ashamed of having
+been imposed upon."</p>
+
+<p>"When did you find out that the money was
+bogus?"</p>
+
+<p>"Immediately."</p>
+
+<p>"If it had been good, would you have shared
+with me honorably?"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course. What do you take me for?"</p>
+
+<p>Vincent was silent. He did not believe his
+companion. He suspected that the latter had
+intended to steal a march on him.</p>
+
+<p>"You might have told me of it," he continued,
+in a tone of dissatisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>"There was no need to say anything, as
+there was nothing to divide."</p>
+
+<p>"Have you got the wallet with you now?"</p>
+
+<p>"No; I threw it overboard."</p>
+
+<p>"And the bills?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"You may have them all, if you like."</p>
+
+<p>"Come into the stateroom, where we can be
+unobserved, and show them to me."</p>
+
+<p>Graham complied with his suggestion.</p>
+
+<p>"It would have been a good haul if they had
+been genuine," said Vincent, as he unfolded
+the roll.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but they are not; worse luck!"</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't give the old fellow credit for being
+so sharp."</p>
+
+<p>"Nor I. There's more in him than I supposed
+there was."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, what is to be done?"</p>
+
+<p>"Nothing. The old man is on his guard,
+and, besides, he suspects me. He was probably
+awake when I entered the stateroom. He and
+the boy have probably laughed over it together.
+I hate that boy."</p>
+
+<p>"Why?"</p>
+
+<p>"Because he is a green country boy, and yet
+he has succeeded in thwarting me. I am
+ashamed whenever I think of it."</p>
+
+<p>"Would you like to play a trick on him in
+turn?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes."</p>
+
+<p>"Then give me this roll of bills."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"What do you want to do with them?"</p>
+
+<p>"Put them in his pocket."</p>
+
+<p>"Can you do it unobserved?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. The fact is, Graham, I served an
+apprenticeship as a pickpocket, and flatter
+myself I still have some dexterity in that line."</p>
+
+<p>"Very well, it will be some satisfaction, and
+if the old man didn't see me enter the stateroom,
+he may be brought to believe that the
+boy robbed him. If that could be, I should
+feel partly compensated for my disappointment.
+I should like to get that boy into
+trouble."</p>
+
+<p>"Consider it done, so far as I am concerned.
+Now let us separate, so as to avoid suspicion."</p>
+
+<p>Vincent began to pace the deck in a leisurely
+manner, in each case passing near Tom, who
+was still engaged in conversation with Jennie
+Watson and her mother. For a time he was
+unable to effect his purpose, as our hero was
+sitting down. But after a while Tom rose, and
+stood with his back to Vincent. He wore a
+sack coat, with side pockets. This was favorable
+to Vincent, who, as he passed, adroitly
+slipped the bills into one of them, without attracting
+the attention of our hero.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Presently Tom thrust his hand into his
+pocket mechanically. They encountered the
+bills. In surprise he drew them out, and
+looked at them in amazement.</p>
+
+<p>"What's that, Tom?" asked Jennie, with
+great curiosity.</p>
+
+<p>"It looks like money," answered Tom, not
+yet understanding what had happened.</p>
+
+<p>"You seem to be rich."</p>
+
+<p>"By gracious!&mdash;it's Mr. Waterbury's
+money," exclaimed Tom. Then he colored, as
+it flashed upon him that its presence in his
+pocket might arouse suspicion. "I don't see
+how it got there," he continued, in a bewildered
+way.</p>
+
+<p>Just then Mr. Waterbury came up, and was
+made acquainted with the discovery.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know what you'll think, Mr. Waterbury,"
+said Tom, coloring; "I haven't the
+slightest idea how the money came in my
+pocket."</p>
+
+<p>"I have," said Mr. Waterbury quietly.</p>
+
+<p>Tom looked at him, to discover whether he
+was under suspicion.</p>
+
+<p>"The companion of your friend Graham
+slipped it into your pocket. He was very<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span>
+quick and adroit, but I detected him. He
+wanted to throw suspicion upon you."</p>
+
+<p>"It is lucky you saw him, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Why?"</p>
+
+<p>"You might have suspected me."</p>
+
+<p>"My dear boy, don't trouble yourself about
+that. No circumstantial evidence will shake
+my confidence in your integrity."</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you, sir," said Tom gratefully.</p>
+
+<p>"What a wicked man to play a trick on you,
+Tom!" exclaimed Jennie indignantly.</p>
+
+<p>"I see there is somebody else who has confidence
+in you, Tom," said Mr. Waterbury,
+smiling; "I'd like to give him a piece of my
+mind."</p>
+
+<p>"I am ready to forgive him," said Mr.
+Waterbury, "as he has restored the money.
+It will do as a bait for the next thief."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XIV.</h2>
+
+<h3>COMING TO AN UNDERSTANDING.</h3>
+
+
+<p>"<span class="smcap">I believe</span>, Tom," said Mr. Waterbury,
+"that I will come to an understanding with
+these officious acquaintances of yours. I will
+intimate to them that their persecution must
+cease."</p>
+
+<p>"Will they mind what you say, sir?"</p>
+
+<p>"I think they will," answered his friend
+quietly.</p>
+
+<p>Graham and Vincent were standing together,
+and apart from the rest of the passengers,
+when Mr. Waterbury approached them.</p>
+
+<p>"A word with you, gentlemen," said he
+gravely.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know you, sir," blustered Vincent.</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps not. Permit me to remark that I
+have no special desire for your acquaintance."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Then why do you take the liberty of addressing
+me?"</p>
+
+<p>"I rather admire the fellow's impudence,"
+said Mr. Waterbury to himself.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you associated with this gentleman?"
+he asked, indicating Graham.</p>
+
+<p>"We are friends."</p>
+
+<p>"Then I will address an inquiry to him. I
+am not in the habit of receiving calls in my
+stateroom during the hours of sleep."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't understand you, sir," said Milton
+Graham, with hauteur.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes, you do, unless your memory is
+singularly defective. Our staterooms are close
+together. You entered mine last night."</p>
+
+<p>"You must have been dreaming."</p>
+
+<p>"If so, I was dreaming with my eyes open.
+Perhaps it was in my dreams that I saw you
+extract a wallet from my coat pocket."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you mean to insult me, sir?" demanded
+Graham.</p>
+
+<p>"Really, sir, your remarks are rather extraordinary,"
+chimed in Vincent.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you mean to say that I robbed you?"
+demanded Graham, confident in the knowledge
+that the booty was not on his person.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I find a wallet missing. That speaks for
+itself."</p>
+
+<p>"Let me suggest that your roommate probably
+took it," said Vincent.</p>
+
+<p>"Extremely probable," said Graham. "He
+roomed with me in Pittsburg, and I caught
+him at my pockets during the night."</p>
+
+<p>"Did you ever hear the fable of the wolf and
+the lamb, Mr. Graham?" asked Mr. Waterbury.</p>
+
+<p>"Can't say I have."</p>
+
+<p>"It's of no consequence. I am reminded of
+it, however."</p>
+
+<p>"Come to think of it," said Vincent, "I saw
+the boy with a roll of bills. You had better
+search him. If he is innocent, he can't object."</p>
+
+<p>"I see your drift," returned Mr. Waterbury,
+after a pause. "I saw you thrust the bills into
+his pocket, as he stood with his back turned,
+conversing with one of the passengers. It was
+very skilfully done, but I saw it."</p>
+
+<p>Vincent started, for he had supposed himself
+unobserved.</p>
+
+<p>"I see you are determined to insult us," he
+said. "I will charitably conclude that you
+are drunk."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I can't be so charitable with you, sir. I
+believe you are a pair of precious scoundrels,
+who, if you had your deserts, would be in the
+penitentiary instead of at large."</p>
+
+<p>"I have a mind to knock you down," said
+Vincent angrily.</p>
+
+<p>As Vincent was several inches shorter and
+much slighter than the person whom he threatened,
+this menace sounded rather ridiculous.</p>
+
+<p>"You are at liberty to try it," said the latter,
+smiling. "First, however, let me warn
+you that, if you continue to annoy us, it will be
+at your peril. If you remain quiet I shall
+leave you alone. Otherwise I will make known
+your true character to the captain and passengers,
+and you will undoubtedly be set ashore
+when we reach the next landing. I have the
+honor to wish you good morning."</p>
+
+<p>"It strikes me, Graham," said Vincent, as
+Mr. Waterbury left them, "that we have
+tackled the wrong passenger."</p>
+
+<p>"I believe you are right," said Graham.
+"Just my luck."</p>
+
+<p>"There isn't much use in staying on the
+boat. He will keep a good lookout for us."</p>
+
+<p>"True; but I don't want to give up the boy."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"He is under the guardianship of this determined
+old party."</p>
+
+<p>"They will separate at Cincinnati."</p>
+
+<p>"Well?"</p>
+
+<p>"He has money enough to take him to California.
+He is worth following up."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you are in favor of going on to Cincinnati?"</p>
+
+<p>"By all means."</p>
+
+<p>"Very well. There are always chances of
+making an honest penny in a large city."</p>
+
+<p>"Money or no money, I want to get even
+with the boy."</p>
+
+<p>So the worthy pair decided to go on to Cincinnati.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XV.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE ALLEGHANY HOUSE.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">It</span> was a bright, sunny morning when the
+<i>River Belle</i> touched her pier at Cincinnati.
+The passengers gathered on deck, and discussed
+their plans. In one group were Tom,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span>
+Mr. Waterbury, Jennie Watson, and her
+mother.</p>
+
+<p>"I am sorry you are going to leave us, Tom,"
+said Jennie; "I shall feel awfully lonely."</p>
+
+<p>"So shall I," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"What's the use of going to that hateful
+California? Why can't you stay here with
+us?"</p>
+
+<p>"Business before pleasure, Jennie," said
+her mother. "You mustn't forget that Tom
+has his fortune to make."</p>
+
+<p>"I wish he could make it in Cincinnati,
+mother."</p>
+
+<p>"So do I; but I must admit that California
+presents a better prospect just at present. You
+are both young, and I hope we may meet
+Tom in after years."</p>
+
+<p>"When I have made my pile," suggested
+Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Precisely."</p>
+
+<p>"You won't go right on, Tom, will you?"
+asked Jennie. "You'll stay here a day or
+two."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; I should like to see something of Cincinnati."</p>
+
+<p>"And you'll call on us?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I shall be very happy to do so. Where are
+you going to stay?"</p>
+
+<p>"At the Burnet House. Won't you come
+there, too?"</p>
+
+<p>"Is it a high-priced hotel?"</p>
+
+<p>"I believe it is."</p>
+
+<p>"Then I can't afford to stay there; but I
+can call on you all the same."</p>
+
+<p>"Stay there as my guest, Tom," said Mr.
+Waterbury cordially. "It shall not cost you
+anything."</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you, sir. You are very kind, but I
+don't like to accept unnecessary favors. I
+will put up at some cheap hotel, and call upon
+you both."</p>
+
+<p>"You would be heartily welcome, my boy,"
+said Mr. Waterbury.</p>
+
+<p>"I <ins title="This word not present in original text">don't</ins> doubt it, sir, and the time may
+come when I will gladly accept your kindness,"
+replied Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"But now you mean to have your own way;
+is that it, Tom."</p>
+
+<p>"You won't be offended, sir?"</p>
+
+<p>"On the contrary, I respect you for your
+manly independence. You won't forget that
+I am your friend?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I don't want to forget that, sir."</p>
+
+<p>So it happened that while Mrs. Watson,
+Jennie, and Mr. Waterbury registered at the
+Burnet House, Tom, carpetbag in hand,
+walked through the streets till he came to a
+plain inn, bearing the name Alleghany House.
+It is not now in existence, having given way
+to an imposing business block.</p>
+
+<p>"That looks as if it might suit my purse,"
+thought Tom.</p>
+
+<p>He walked in, and, approaching the desk,
+inquired: "How much do you charge at this
+hotel?"</p>
+
+<p>"A dollar a day," answered the clerk.
+"Will you have a room?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Please register your name." Tom did so.</p>
+
+<p>"Cato," called the clerk&mdash;summoning a
+colored boy, about Tom's size&mdash;"take this
+young man to No. 18."</p>
+
+<p>"All right, sar," said Cato, showing his
+ivories.</p>
+
+<p>"When do you have dinner?" asked Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"One o'clock."</p>
+
+<p>Preceded by Cato, Tom walked up-stairs,
+and was ushered into a small, dingy room on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span>
+the second floor. There was a single window,
+looking through dingy panes upon a back
+yard. There was a general air of cheerlessness
+and discomfort, but at any rate it was
+larger than the stateroom on the <i>River Belle</i>.</p>
+
+<p>"Is this the best room you have?" asked
+Tom, not very favorably impressed.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, no, sar," answered Cato. "If your
+wife was with you, sar, we'd give you a
+scrumptious room, 'bout twice as big."</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't bring my wife along, Cato," said
+Tom, amused. "Are you married?"</p>
+
+<p>"Not yet, sar," answered his colored guide,
+with a grin.</p>
+
+<p>"I think we can wait till we are a little
+older."</p>
+
+<p>"Reckon so, sar."</p>
+
+<p>"Just bring up a little water, Cato. I feel
+in need of washing."</p>
+
+<p>"Dirt don't show on me," said Cato, with
+a guffaw.</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose you do wash, now and then,
+don't you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sar, sometimes," answered Cato
+equivocally.</p>
+
+<p>When Tom had completed his toilet he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span>
+found that it was but ten o'clock. He accordingly
+went down-stairs, intending to see
+a little of the city before dinner.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVI.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE EVENTS OF A MORNING.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Graham</span> and Vincent had kept quiet during
+the latter part of the voyage. They had
+a wholesome fear of Mr. Waterbury, and kept
+aloof from him and Tom. They even exchanged
+their stateroom for one at a different
+part of the boat. All was satisfactory to Tom
+and his companion.</p>
+
+<p>When the worthy pair reached Cincinnati
+they were hard up. Their united funds
+amounted to but seven dollars, and it seemed
+quite necessary that they should find the
+means of replenishing their purses somewhere.
+They managed to ascertain that Tom and his
+friend were going to separate, and this afforded
+them satisfaction, since it made their designs<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span>
+upon our hero more feasible. At a distance
+they followed Tom to the Alleghany House,
+and themselves took lodgings at a small, cheap
+tavern near-by. Like Tom, they set out soon
+after their arrival in quest of adventure.</p>
+
+<p>"We must strike a vein soon, Graham,"
+said Vincent, "or we shall be in a tight
+place."</p>
+
+<p>"That's so," answered Graham.</p>
+
+<p>"Thus far our trip hasn't paid very well.
+It's been all outgo and no income."</p>
+
+<p>"You're right, partner; but don't give up
+the ship," responded Graham, whose spirits
+returned, now that he was on dry land. "I've
+been in the same straits about once a month
+for the last five years."</p>
+
+<p>"I've known you for three years, Graham,
+and, so far as my knowledge extends, I can
+attest the truth of what you say. By the way,
+you never say anything of your life before
+that date."</p>
+
+<p>A shadow passed over Graham's face.</p>
+
+<p>"Because I don't care to think of it; I never
+talk of it," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"Pshaw, man, we all of us have some
+ugly secrets. Suppose we confide in each<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span>
+other. Tell me your story, and I will tell you
+mine. It won't change my opinion of you."</p>
+
+<p>"Probably not," said Graham. "Well,
+there is no use in holding back. For this once
+I will go back to the past. Five years ago I
+was a favorite in society. One day an
+acquaintance introduced me into a gambling
+house, and I tried my hand successfully. I
+went out with fifty dollars more than I
+brought in. It was an unlucky success, for it
+made me a frequent visitor. All my surplus
+cash found a market there, and when that was
+exhausted I borrowed from my employer."</p>
+
+<p>"Without his knowledge?"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course. For six months I evaded discovery.
+Then I was detected. My friends interceded,
+and saved me from the penitentiary,
+but I lost my situation, and was required to
+leave the city. I went to New York, tried to
+obtain a situation there, failed, and then
+adopted my present profession. I need not
+tell you the rest."</p>
+
+<p>"My dear friend, I think I know the rest
+pretty well. But don't look sober. A fig for
+the past. What's the odds, as long as you're
+happy?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Are you happy?" inquired Graham.</p>
+
+<p>"As long as I'm flush," answered Vincent,
+shrugging his shoulders. "I'm nearly dead-broke
+now, and of course I am miserable.
+However, my story comes next in order. I
+was a bank teller, appropriated part of the
+funds of the bank, fled with it, spent it, and
+then became an ornament to our common profession."</p>
+
+<p>"Where was the bank?"</p>
+
+<p>"In Canada. I haven't been there since.
+The climate don't suit me. It's bleak, but I
+fear it might prove too hot for me. Now we
+know each other."</p>
+
+<p>"You don't allow it to worry you, Vincent,"
+said Graham.</p>
+
+<p>"No, I don't. Why should I? I let the
+dead past bury its dead, as Longfellow says,
+and act in the living present. That reminds
+me, we ought to be at work. I have a proposal
+to make. We won't hunt in couples, but
+separate, and each will try to bring home
+something to help the common fund. Is it
+agreed?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes."</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Au revoir</i>, then!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"That fellow has no conscience," thought
+Graham. "Mine is callous, but he goes beyond
+me. Perhaps he is the better off."</p>
+
+<p>Graham shook off his transient dull spirits,
+and walked on, keeping a sharp lookout for
+a chance to fleece somebody. In front of a
+railroad ticket office he espied a stolid-looking
+German, who was trying to read the placard
+in the window.</p>
+
+<p>Graham approached him, and said politely,
+"My friend, perhaps I can help you. Are you
+thinking of buying a railroad ticket?"</p>
+
+<p>The German turned, and his confidence was
+inspired by the friendly interest of Graham's
+manner.</p>
+
+<p>"I go to Minnesota," he said, "where my
+brother live."</p>
+
+<p>"Exactly, and you want a ticket to go
+there?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I want a ticket. Do they sell him
+here?"</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Graham. "That is, they do
+sell tickets here; but they ask too much."</p>
+
+<p>"I will not pay too much," said the German,
+shaking his head decisively.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Of course not; I will take you to a cheaper
+place."</p>
+
+<p>"That is good," said the German, well
+pleased. "It is luck I meet mit a friend like
+you."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Graham, linking his arm in that
+of his new acquaintance. "I don't like to see
+a worthy man cheated. Come with me. How
+much money have you?"</p>
+
+<p>This inquiry ought to have excited the suspicions
+of the German; but he was trustful,
+and answered promptly, "Two hundred dollar."</p>
+
+<p>Graham's eyes sparkled.</p>
+
+<p>"If I could only get the whole of it," he
+thought. But that didn't seem easy.</p>
+
+<p>They walked through street after street till
+Graham stopped in front of an office.</p>
+
+<p>"Now," said he, "give me your money, and
+I will buy the ticket."</p>
+
+<p>"How much money?" asked his new
+acquaintance.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know exactly," said Graham carelessly.
+"Just hand me your pocketbook, and
+I will pay what is needed."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>But here the German's characteristic caution
+came in.</p>
+
+<p>"I will go with you," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"If you do, I can't get the tickets so cheap.
+The agent is a friend of mine, and if he thinks
+it is for me he will give it to me for less. Don't
+give me all your money. Fifty dollars will
+do. I will buy the ticket, and bring you the
+rest of the money."</p>
+
+<p>This seemed plausible enough, and Graham
+would have got what he asked for, but for the
+interference of Tom, who had come up just
+in time to hear Graham's proposal. He
+had no difficulty in comprehending his purpose.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't give him the money," he said. "He
+will cheat you."</p>
+
+<p>Both Graham and his intended victim
+wheeled round, and looked at our hero.</p>
+
+<p>"Clear out of here, you young vagabond!"
+said Graham angrily.</p>
+
+<p>"This man wants to cheat you," persisted
+Tom. "Don't give him your money."</p>
+
+<p>The bewildered foreigner looked from one to
+the other.</p>
+
+<p>"This is no ticket office," said Tom. "I<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span>
+will lead you to one, and you shall buy a
+ticket for yourself."</p>
+
+<p>"He wants to swindle you," said Graham
+quickly.</p>
+
+<p>"You shall keep your money in your own
+hands," said Tom. "I don't want it."</p>
+
+<p>"I go with you, my young friend," said the
+German, convinced by Tom's honest face.
+"The other man may be all right, but I go
+with you."</p>
+
+<p>Graham protested in vain. His victim went
+off with Tom, who saw that he was provided
+with the ticket he wanted. His new friend
+tried to force a dollar upon him; but this Tom
+steadily refused.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll get even with you yet!" said Graham
+furiously; but our hero was not disturbed by
+this menace.</p>
+
+<p>Vincent, meantime, was making a tour of
+observation, ready for any adventure that
+might put an honest or dishonest penny into
+his pocket. About half an hour later he found
+himself on the leading retail street in Cincinnati.
+In front of him walked a lady, fashionably
+attired, holding a mother-of-pearl portemonnaie
+carelessly in her hand. He brushed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span>
+by her, and at the same moment the pocketbook
+was snatched from her hand.</p>
+
+<p>The lady screamed, and instinctively
+clutched Vincent by the arm.</p>
+
+<p>"This man has robbed me, I think," she
+said. The crowd began to gather about Vincent,
+and he saw that he was cornered.
+Among the crowd, unluckily for himself,
+was Tom. By a skilful movement Vincent
+thrust the portemonnaie into our hero's
+pocket.</p>
+
+<p>"You are mistaken, madam," he said coolly;
+"I saw that boy take your money."</p>
+
+<p>Instantly two men seized Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Search him," said Vincent, "and see it
+I am not right."</p>
+
+<p>The portemonnaie was taken from Tom's
+pocket, amid the hootings of the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>"So young, and yet so wicked!" said the
+lady regretfully.</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't take the money, madam," protested
+Tom, his face scarlet with surprise and
+mortification.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't believe him, ma'am. I saw him
+take it," said Vincent virtuously.</p>
+
+<p>Poor Tom looked from one to another; but<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span>
+all faces were unfriendly. It was a critical
+time for him.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVII.</h2>
+
+<h3>TOM'S ARREST.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">To</span> one who is scrupulously honest a sudden
+charge of dishonesty is almost overwhelming.
+Now, Tom was honest, not so much because he
+had been taught that honesty was a virtue,
+as by temperament and instinct. Yet here
+he saw himself surrounded by hostile faces,
+for a crowd soon collected. Not one believed
+in his innocence, not even the lady, who
+thought it was such a pity that he was "so
+young and yet so wicked."</p>
+
+<p>"Will somebody call a policeman?" asked
+Vincent.</p>
+
+<p>A policeman soon made his appearance. He
+was a stout, burly man, and pushed his way
+through the crowd without ceremony.</p>
+
+<p>"What's the row?" he inquired.</p>
+
+<p>"This boy has picked a lady's pocket," exclaimed
+Vincent.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The officer placed his hand roughly on
+Tom's shoulder.</p>
+
+<p>"You were a little too smart, young feller!"
+said he. "You must come along with
+me."</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't take the money," protested Tom,
+pale, but in a firm voice.</p>
+
+<p>"That's too thin," said Vincent, with a
+sneer.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it's too thin," repeated two or three
+in the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>"It's true," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps you'll tell us how the money came
+in your pocket," suggested a bystander.</p>
+
+<p>"That man put it in," answered Tom, indicating
+Vincent.</p>
+
+<p>The latter shrugged his shoulders.</p>
+
+<p>"He says so, because I exposed him," he
+remarked, turning to the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course; that's a common game," interposed
+the policeman.</p>
+
+<p>"Have you any reason for what you say,
+my boy?" asked a quiet-looking man, with a
+pleasant face.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course he hasn't," replied Vincent
+hastily.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I spoke to the boy, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"I have a reason," answered Tom. "A
+friend of this man roomed with me at Pittsburg,
+and during the night tried to rob me.
+We were both passengers on the <i>River Belle</i>
+on the last trip. During the trip he entered
+our stateroom, and stole a wallet from my
+roommate. This man slyly put it into my
+pocket, in order to escape suspicion."</p>
+
+<p>"It's a lie!" exclaimed Vincent uneasily.
+"Gentlemen, the boy is very artful,
+and the greatest liar out."</p>
+
+<p>"Of course he is!" assented the policeman.
+"Come along, young feller!"</p>
+
+<p>"Wait a minute," said the quiet man.
+"Have you any proof of your statements, my
+boy, except your own word?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir; my roommate will tell you the
+same thing."</p>
+
+<p>"Who is he? Where can he be found?"</p>
+
+<p>"He is Mr. Nicholas Waterbury, of Marietta.
+He is now at the Burnet House."</p>
+
+<p>"That's all gammon!" said the officer
+roughly. "Come along. I can't wait here all
+day."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't be in a hurry, officer," said the quiet<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span>
+man. "I know Mr. Waterbury, and I believe
+the boy's story is correct."</p>
+
+<p>"It ain't any of your business!" said the
+officer insolently. "The boy's a thief, and
+I'm goin' to lock him up."</p>
+
+<p>"Look out, sir!" said the quiet man sternly.
+"You are overstepping the limits of your duty,
+and asserting what you have no possible means
+of knowing. There is reason to believe that
+this man"&mdash;pointing out Vincent&mdash;"is the
+real thief. I call upon you to arrest him."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't receive no orders from you, sir,"
+said the policeman. "I'm more likely to take
+you along."</p>
+
+<p>"That's right, officer," said Vincent approvingly.
+"The man is interfering with
+you in the exercise of your duty. You have
+a perfect right to arrest him."</p>
+
+<p>"I have a great mind to," said the officer,
+who was one of the many who are puffed up
+by a little brief authority, and lose no opportunity
+of exercising it.</p>
+
+<p>The quiet man did not seem in the least
+alarmed. He smiled, and said, "Perhaps, officer,
+it might be well for you to inquire my
+name, before proceeding to arrest me."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Who are you?" demanded the officer insolently.</p>
+
+<p>"I am Alderman Morris."</p>
+
+<p>A great change came over the policeman.
+He knew now that the quiet man before him
+was President of the Board of Aldermen, and
+he began to be alarmed, remembering with
+what rudeness he had treated him.</p>
+
+<p>"I beg your pardon, sir," he said humbly;
+"I didn't know you."</p>
+
+<p>"What is your name, sir?" demanded the
+alderman, in a tone of authority.</p>
+
+<p>"Jones, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"How long have you been on the force?"</p>
+
+<p>"Six months, your honor."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you ought to be better fitted for your
+position by this time."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope you won't take no offense at what
+I said, not knowing you, alderman."</p>
+
+<p>"That's no personal offense, but I object
+to your pronouncing upon the guilt of parties
+arrested when you know nothing of the
+matter."</p>
+
+<p>"Shall I take the boy along, sir?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and this man also. I don't wish to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span>
+interfere with the exercise of justice, but it is
+my opinion that the boy is innocent."</p>
+
+<p>"I protest against this outrage," said Vincent
+nervously. "Am I to be punished because
+I expose a thief?"</p>
+
+<p>"Come along, sir," said the policeman.
+"The alderman says so."</p>
+
+<p>"I appeal to the gentlemen present," said
+Vincent, hoping for a forcible deliverance.</p>
+
+<p>"Madam," said the alderman to the lady
+who had been robbed, "did you see the boy
+take your pocketbook?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir! I thought it was the man, till he
+told me it was the boy, and the money was
+found on the boy."</p>
+
+<p>"I should think that told the story," said
+Vincent. "Any man here might be arrested
+as soon as I. Fellow citizens, is this a free
+country, where a man of reputation can be
+summarily arrested at the bidding of another?
+If so, I would rather live under a
+monarchy."</p>
+
+<p>There was a murmur of approval, and some
+sympathy was excited.</p>
+
+<p>"There will be no injustice done, sir," said
+the alderman. "I propose to follow up this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span>
+matter myself. I will see my friend, Mr.
+Waterbury, and I can soon learn whether the
+boy's story is correct."</p>
+
+<p>"He may lie, too!" said Vincent, who had
+very good reasons for fearing Mr. Waterbury's
+testimony.</p>
+
+<p>"Mr. Waterbury is a gentleman of veracity,"
+said Alderman Morris sharply. "I
+see you recognize the name."</p>
+
+<p>"Never heard of him," said Vincent. "I
+suppose it is one of the boy's confederates."</p>
+
+<p>"I will answer for him," said the alderman.
+"My boy," he said, "I hope we shall be able
+to prove your innocence. Be under no anxiety.
+Go with the officer, and I will seek out Mr.
+Waterbury. Officer, take care to treat him
+gently."</p>
+
+<p>"All right, sir."</p>
+
+<p>There was no fear now that Tom would be
+roughly treated. He had too much regard for
+his own interest, and his tenure of office, to
+disoblige a man so influential and powerful
+as Alderman Morris.</p>
+
+<p>Notwithstanding there had been such a turn
+in his favor, Tom felt humiliated to feel that
+he was under restraint, and his cheeks burned<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span>
+with shame as he walked beside the officer.
+Vincent, upon the other side, gnashed his teeth
+with rage, as he thought of his unexpected detention.
+Just as revenge was in his grasp, he
+had been caught in the same trap which he
+had so willingly set for Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"That Alderman Morris is a fool!" he said.
+"He isn't fit to be in office."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you say nothin' against him!" said
+the policeman. "It won't be best for you.
+He's one of our leadin' citizens, Alderman
+Morris is."</p>
+
+<p>"He snubbed you!" sneered Vincent. "He
+talked to you as if you were a dog."</p>
+
+<p>"No, he didn't. You'd better shut up, prisoner."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well, if you're willing to be trampled
+upon, it isn't any of my business. I wouldn't
+stand it, alderman or no alderman. Such
+things wouldn't be allowed in New York,
+where I live."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, New York's a model city, so I've
+heard," retorted the policeman, in a tone of
+sarcasm. "We don't pretend to come up to
+New York."</p>
+
+<p>Finding that nothing was to be gained by<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span>
+continuing his attacks upon the alderman,
+Vincent became silent; but his brain was active.
+He felt that Mr. Waterbury's testimony
+would be fatal to him. He must escape, if
+possible. Soon a chance came. He seized his
+opportunity, shook off the grasp of the officer,
+and darted away. Not knowing what to do
+with Tom, who was also under arrest, the officer
+paused an instant, then, leaving our hero,
+hastened in pursuit.</p>
+
+<p>"Now's your chance to escape, boy!" said
+a sympathetic bystander to him.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't want to escape," answered Tom.
+"I want my innocence proved. I shall stay
+where I am till the officer returns."</p>
+
+<p>And he kept his word. Ten minutes later
+the officer came back, puffing and panting,
+after an unsuccessful pursuit; prepared to
+find Tom gone also.</p>
+
+<p>"What, are you there?" he asked, staring
+in wonder.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Tom; "I don't want to escape.
+I shall come out right."</p>
+
+<p>"I believe you will," said the officer, with
+a revulsion of sentiment in Tom's favor.
+"Just walk along beside me, and I won't take<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span>
+hold of you. I'm not afraid of your running
+away now."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVIII.</h2>
+
+<h3>TOM GETS OUT OF HIS DIFFICULTY.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Tom</span> had not been long in the station-house
+when Alderman Morris, accompanied by Mr.
+Waterbury, entered. The latter looked at
+Tom with a humorous smile.</p>
+
+<p>"You don't appear to get along very well
+without my guardianship, Tom," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir," answered Tom. "The trouble is,
+some of my other friends can't let me alone."</p>
+
+<p>"Was it in a fit of emotional insanity that
+you relieved the lady of her pocketbook?"
+asked Mr. Waterbury, bent on keeping up the
+joke.</p>
+
+<p>"If I ever do such a thing, you may be sure
+it is because I am insane," answered Tom positively.</p>
+
+<p>"I shall," said Mr. Waterbury seriously.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span>
+"Now, where is this precious acquaintance
+of ours who got you into this scrape?"</p>
+
+<p>"He has escaped."</p>
+
+<p>"Escaped!" exclaimed the alderman hastily.
+"How is that?"</p>
+
+<p>Here the policeman took up the story, and
+explained that Vincent had taken advantage
+of his double charge to effect his escape.</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose, officer," said Mr. Waterbury,
+"that you were unwilling to leave Tom in
+order to pursue him."</p>
+
+<p>"I did leave him, sir, and didn't expect to
+find him when I got back. But there he was,
+waiting for me as quietly as&mdash;anything."</p>
+
+<p>"Didn't you feel tempted to escape, too,
+my boy?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why should I, sir? I had done nothing;
+I had nothing to fear."</p>
+
+<p>"Innocence is not always a protection, for
+justice is sometimes far from clear-sighted.
+In the present case, however, I think you will
+not suffer for your confidence."</p>
+
+<p>Tom was not brought to trial. Mr. Waterbury's
+statement of what had passed on the
+voyage of the <i>River Belle</i> was held to be sufficient
+to establish Tom's innocence, and he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span>
+was allowed to walk out with Mr. Waterbury.</p>
+
+<p>"Have you anything to do this morning,
+Tom?" asked his friend.</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Then come around and dine with me at
+the Burnet House. Afterward we will call
+upon your friends, the Watsons."</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Watson and Jennie had altered their
+plans and gone to a boarding-house, preferring
+that to a hotel.</p>
+
+<p>"That will be agreeable to me, sir."</p>
+
+<p>The dinner was excellent, and Tom did full
+justice to it.</p>
+
+<p>"At one time this morning, Tom, it looked
+as if you would dine at quite a different place,"
+said Mr. Waterbury, when they were eating
+the dessert.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"You won't think much of Cincinnati's
+hospitality, eh, Tom?"</p>
+
+<p>"Any place would be the same, where Vincent
+was," returned Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Very true; he and Graham will bring discredit
+on any city which they adopt as a home.
+How long shall you remain here?"</p>
+
+<p>"I should like to stay long enough to see<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span>
+something of the city, but I cannot afford it.
+I must reach California as soon as possible."</p>
+
+<p>"No doubt you are right, in your circumstances.
+I have been inquiring for you, and
+find that St. Joseph, in Missouri, is the usual
+starting-point for travelers across the plains.
+I find an acquaintance here in the hotel, who
+will start to-morrow for that place. I have
+mentioned you to him, and he says he shall
+be glad to have your company so far. Whether
+you keep together afterward will depend upon
+yourselves."</p>
+
+<p>"I shall be glad to have company, sir," said
+Tom. Though manly and self-reliant, he realized
+that it was quite a serious undertaking
+for a boy of his age to make the trip alone.
+He was not sure of meeting with another
+friend like Mr. Waterbury, and there might
+be danger of falling in with another brace of
+worthies like Graham and Vincent.</p>
+
+<p>"My friend's name is Ferguson&mdash;a Scotchman,
+rather sedate, but entirely trustworthy.
+I will introduce you this evening."</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you, sir."</p>
+
+<p>After dinner they walked to Mrs. Watson's
+boarding-house. Somewhere on Vine Street,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span>
+Mr. Waterbury paused in front of a jewelry
+store.</p>
+
+<p>"I want to step in here a minute, Tom," he
+said.</p>
+
+<p>"Certainly, sir."</p>
+
+<p>Tom remained near the door, while Mr.
+Waterbury went into the back part of the
+store, where he was occupied for a few minutes
+with one of the proprietors. When
+he came back he held a small box in his
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>"Please carry this for me, Tom," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"With pleasure, sir."</p>
+
+<p>They went out into the street together.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you know what is in the box, Tom?"
+asked Mr. Waterbury.</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir," answered our hero, a little surprised
+at the question.</p>
+
+<p>"You didn't see what I was buying, then?"
+continued Mr. Waterbury.</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir; I was watching the crowds on
+the sidewalk."</p>
+
+<p>"If you have any curiosity, you may open
+the box."</p>
+
+<p>Previously Tom had felt no curiosity. Now
+he did feel a little.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Opening the box, his eye rested on a neat
+silver watch, with a chain attached. The case
+was a pretty one, and Tom glanced at it with
+approval.</p>
+
+<p>"It is very pretty, sir," he said; "but I
+thought you had a watch already."</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't buy it for myself."</p>
+
+<p>"For your son?" asked Tom innocently.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Waterbury smiled.</p>
+
+<p>"I thought of asking your acceptance of
+it," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"You don't mean that you are going to give
+it to me, sir?" said Tom eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>"If you will accept it."</p>
+
+<p>"How kind you are, Mr. Waterbury!" exclaimed
+Tom gratefully. "There is nothing
+in the world that I should like so much. How
+can I thank you?"</p>
+
+<p>"By considering it a proof of my interest
+in you. I was sure you would like it. Before
+I had reached your age the great object of my
+ambition was a watch. I received one from
+my uncle, as a gift, on my seventeenth birthday.
+I believe I looked at it once in five minutes
+on an average during the first day."</p>
+
+<p>"I dare say it will be so with me, sir," said<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span>
+Tom, who, at the moment, had the watch in his
+hand, examining it.</p>
+
+<p>"As you are to rough it, I thought it best
+to get you a hunting-case watch, because it
+will be less liable to injury. When you become
+a man I hope you will be prosperous
+enough to buy a gold watch and chain, if you
+prefer them. While you are a boy silver will
+be good enough."</p>
+
+<p>"Gold wouldn't correspond very well with
+my circumstances," said Tom. "I didn't
+dream of even having a silver watch and chain
+for years to come. I shall write home this
+evening, and tell mother of my good luck."</p>
+
+<p>"Will you mention that you have already
+been under arrest?" asked Mr. Waterbury,
+smiling.</p>
+
+<p>Tom shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>"I am not proud of that," he answered;
+"and it would only trouble them at home to
+have an account of it. When I get home, I
+may mention it sometime."</p>
+
+<p>"Better put on your watch and chain, Tom,
+before we reach Mrs. Watson's."</p>
+
+<p>Tom needed no second invitation.</p>
+
+<p>"It's lucky mother put a watch-pocket in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span>
+my vest," he said. "We didn't either of us
+suppose there would be any occasion for it;
+but I asked her to do it."</p>
+
+<p>In a nice-looking brick boarding-house&mdash;for
+brown-stone houses were not then often to be
+found&mdash;Tom and his friend found Mrs. Watson
+and Jennie.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm so glad to see you, Tom," said Jennie.
+"I've missed you awfully."</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you," said Tom. "I've come to bid
+you good-by."</p>
+
+<p>"Good-by! You don't mean that?"</p>
+
+<p>"I expect to start for St. Joseph to-morrow.
+I am in a hurry to get to California."</p>
+
+<p>"That's real mean. I don't see why you
+can't stay in Cincinnati a week."</p>
+
+<p>"I should like to."</p>
+
+<p>"Then why don't you?" persisted the young
+girl.</p>
+
+<p>"Jennie," said her mother, "we must remember
+that Thomas is not traveling for
+pleasure. He is going to California to seek
+his fortune. It won't do for him to linger on
+his way."</p>
+
+<p>"A week won't make much difference; will
+it, Tom?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I am afraid it will, Jennie. Besides, a
+friend of Mr. Waterbury will start to-morrow,
+and has agreed to take me with him."</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose you've got to go, then," said
+Jennie regretfully. "Oh, where did you get
+that watch, Tom?"</p>
+
+<p>"A kind friend gave it to me."</p>
+
+<p>"Who do you mean&mdash;Mr. Graham?" she
+asked archly.</p>
+
+<p>"He would be more likely to relieve me of
+it. No, it is Mr. Waterbury."</p>
+
+<p>"I am going to kiss you for that, Mr. Waterbury,"
+said Jennie impulsively; and she suited
+the action to the word.</p>
+
+<p>"What will Mr. Waterbury think, Jennie?"
+said her mother.</p>
+
+<p>"He thinks himself well repaid for his
+gift," answered that gentleman, smiling; "and
+half inclined to give Tom another watch."</p>
+
+<p>"Isn't it my turn, now?" asked Tom, with
+a courage at which he afterward rather
+wondered; but he was fast getting rid of his
+country bashfulness.</p>
+
+<p>"I never kiss boys," said Jennie demurely.</p>
+
+<p>"Then I will grow into a man as fast as I
+can," said Tom, "and give somebody a watch,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span>
+and then&mdash;&mdash; But that will be a good while
+to wait."</p>
+
+<p>"I may kiss you good-by," said Jennie, "if
+I feel like it."</p>
+
+<p>She did feel like it, and Tom received the
+kiss.</p>
+
+<p>"It strikes me, Tom," said Mr. Waterbury,
+as they were walking home, "that you and
+Jennie are getting along fast."</p>
+
+<p>"She kissed you first," said Tom, blushing.</p>
+
+<p>"But the kiss she gave me was wholly on
+your account."</p>
+
+<p>"She seems just like a sister," said Tom.
+"She's a tip-top girl."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XIX.</h2>
+
+<h3>A MISSOURI TAVERN.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">The</span> next day Tom started on his way. His
+new companion, Donald Ferguson, was a sedate
+Scotchman, and a thoroughly reliable<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span>
+man. He was possessed to the full of the frugality
+characteristic of the race to which he
+belonged, and, being more accustomed to traveling
+than Tom, saved our hero something in
+the matter of expense. He was always ready
+to talk of Scotland, which he evidently thought
+the finest country in the world. He admitted
+that Glasgow was not as large a city as London,
+but that it was more attractive. As for
+New York, that city bore no comparison to the
+chief city of Scotland.</p>
+
+<p>"You must go to Scotland some time, Tom,"
+he said. "If you can't visit but one country
+in the Old World, go to Scotland."</p>
+
+<p>Privately Tom was of opinion that he
+should prefer to visit England; but he did not
+venture to hurt the feelings of his fellow-traveler
+by saying so.</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder, Mr. Ferguson," he could not
+help saying one day, "that you should have
+been willing to leave Scotland, since you so
+much prefer it to America."</p>
+
+<p>"I'll tell you, my lad," answered the Scotchman.
+"I would rather live in Scotland than
+anywhere else on God's footstool; but I won't
+be denying that it is a poor place for a man to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span>
+make money, if compared with a new country
+like this."</p>
+
+<p>"There are no gold-mines, I suppose,
+sir?"</p>
+
+<p>"No; and the land is not as rich as the land
+here. It is rich in historical associations; but
+a man, you know, can't live on those," he added
+shrewdly.</p>
+
+<p>"No, I should think not," said Tom. "It
+would be pretty dry diet. How long have you
+been in the country, Mr. Ferguson?"</p>
+
+<p>"A matter of three months only, my lad.
+It's the gold-mines that brought me over. I
+read of them in the papers at home, and I took
+the first ship across the Atlantic."</p>
+
+<p>"Have you a family, Mr. Ferguson?"</p>
+
+<p>"I've got an old mother at home, my lad,
+who looks to me for support. I left fifty
+pounds with her when I came away. It'll last
+her, I'm thinkin', till I can send her some
+from California."</p>
+
+<p>"Then Mr. Ferguson, you are like me," said
+Tom. "I am going to California to work for
+my father and mother. Father is poor, and I
+have brothers and sisters at home to provide
+for. I hope I shall succeed, for their sake."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[152]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"You will, my lad," said the Scotchman,
+in a tone of calm confidence. "It is a noble
+purpose, and if you keep to it God will bless
+you in your undertaking, and give you a good
+fortune."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope we shall both be fortunate."</p>
+
+<p>"I have no fear. I put my trust in the
+Lord, who is always ready to help those who
+are working for him."</p>
+
+<p>Tom found that Mr. Ferguson, though his
+manner was dry and unattractive, was a religious
+man, and he respected and esteemed him
+for his excellent traits. He was not a man
+to inspire warm affection, but no one could
+fail to respect him. He felt that he was fortunate
+in having such a man for his companion,
+and he was glad that Mr. Ferguson appeared
+to like him in turn.</p>
+
+<p>He also found that the Scotchman, though
+a man of peace, and very much averse to
+quarreling, was by no means deficient in the
+trait of personal courage.</p>
+
+<p>One evening they arrived at a small tavern
+in a Missouri town. Neither Tom nor his
+companion particularly liked the appearance
+of the place nor its frequenters, but it appeared<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span>
+to be the only place of entertainment in the
+settlement.</p>
+
+<p>The barroom, which was the only public
+room set apart for the use of the guests, was
+the resort of a party of drunken roisterers,
+who were playing poker in the corner, and betting
+on the game. At the elbow of each player
+was set a glass of whisky, and the end of
+each game was marked by a fresh glass all
+around.</p>
+
+<p>Tom and Mr. Ferguson took a walk after
+supper, and then sat down quietly at a little
+distance from the card-players, attracting at
+first but little attention from them.</p>
+
+<p>Presently, at the close of a game, glasses
+were ordered for the party, at the expense of
+those who had suffered defeat.</p>
+
+<p>"What'll you have, strangers?" inquired
+a tipsy fellow, with an Indian complexion and
+long black hair, staggering toward Ferguson.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you, sir," said the Scotchman;
+"but I don't drink."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't drink!" exclaimed the former, in
+evident surprise. "What sort of a man, pray,
+may you be?"</p>
+
+<p>"I am a temperance man," said Ferguson,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span>
+adding indiscreetly, "and it would be well for
+you all if you would shun the vile liquor which
+is destroying soul and body."</p>
+
+<p>"&mdash;&mdash; your impudence!" ejaculated the
+other, in a rage. "Do you dare to insult
+gentlemen like us?"</p>
+
+<p>"I never insult anybody," said the Scotchman
+calmly. "What I have said is for your
+good, and you would admit it if you were
+sober."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you dare to say I'm drunk?" demanded
+the man, in a fury.</p>
+
+<p>"Mr. Ferguson," said Tom, in a low voice,
+"I wouldn't provoke him if I were you."</p>
+
+<p>But the Scotchman was no coward, and,
+though generally prudent, he was too fond of
+argument to yield the point.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course, you're drunk," he said calmly.
+"If you will reflect, you show all the signs of
+a man that has taken too much liquor. Your
+face is flushed, your hand is unsteady, and&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>He was interrupted by a volley of execrations
+from the man whom he was coolly describing,
+and the latter, in a fit of fury, struck
+the Scotchman in the face. Had the blow been<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span>
+well directed it would, for the time, have
+marred the small share of personal beauty
+with which nature had endowed Mr. Ferguson;
+but it glanced aside and just struck him
+on his prominent cheek-bone.</p>
+
+<p>"A ring! a ring!" shouted the men in the
+corner, jumping to their feet in excitement.
+"Let Jim and the Scotchman fight it out."</p>
+
+<p>"Gentlemen," said Mr. Ferguson, "I don't
+wish to fight with your friend. He is drunk,
+as you can see plainly enough. I don't wish
+to fight with a drunken man."</p>
+
+<p>"Who says I am drunk?" demanded the
+champion of whisky. "Let me get at
+him."</p>
+
+<p>But his friends were now holding him back.
+They wanted to see a square fight, according
+to rule. It would prove, in their opinion, a
+pleasant little excitement.</p>
+
+<p>"I meant no offense," said Ferguson; "I
+only told the truth."</p>
+
+<p>"You are a &mdash;&mdash; liar!" exclaimed the man,
+known as Jim.</p>
+
+<p>"I do not heed the words of a man in your
+condition," said the Scotchman calmly.</p>
+
+<p>"Pull his nose, Jim! Make him fight!" exclaimed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span>
+the friends of the bully. "We'll back
+you!"</p>
+
+<p>The hint was taken. Jim staggered forward,
+and, seizing the Scotchman's prominent
+nose, gave it a violent tweak.</p>
+
+<p>Now there are few men, with or without
+self-respect, who can calmly submit to an insult
+like this. Certainly Mr. Donald Ferguson
+was not one of them. The color mantled his
+high cheek-bones, and anger gained dominion
+over him. He sprang to his feet, grasped the
+bully in his strong arms, dashed him backward
+upon the floor of the barroom, and, turning
+to the companions of the fallen man, he said,
+"Now come on, if you want to fight. I'll take
+you one by one, and fight the whole of you, if
+you like."</p>
+
+<p>Instead of being angry, they applauded his
+pluck. They cared little for the fate of their
+champion, but were impressed by the evident
+strength of the stranger.</p>
+
+<p>"Stranger," said one of them, "you've
+proved that you're a man of honor. We
+thought you were a coward. It's a pity you
+don't drink. What may your name be?"</p>
+
+<p>"Donald Ferguson."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Then, boys, here's to the health of Mr.
+Ferguson. He's a bully boy, and no coward."</p>
+
+<p>"Gentlemen," said the Scotchman, "it's a
+compliment you mean, no doubt, and I'm suitably
+thankful. If you'll allow me, I'll drink
+your health in a liquor which will not injure
+any one. I'll wish you health and prosperity
+in a glass of cold water, if the barkeeper
+happens to have any of that beverage handy.
+Tom, join with me in the toast."</p>
+
+<p>Tom did so, and the speech was well received.</p>
+
+<p>"As for this gentleman," said Mr. Ferguson,
+addressing Jim, who had struggled to
+his feet, and was surveying the scene in rather
+a bewildered way, "I hope he won't harbor
+malice; I've only got even with him. We may
+as well forgive and forget."</p>
+
+<p>"That's the talk! Jim, drink the stranger's
+health!"</p>
+
+<p>Jim looked a little doubtful, but when a
+glass of whisky was put into his hand he could
+not resist the seductive draft, and tossed it
+down.</p>
+
+<p>"Now shake hands!" said one of the
+players.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"With all my heart," said Ferguson, and
+the two shook hands, to the great delight of
+the company.</p>
+
+<p>"You got off pretty well, Mr. Ferguson,"
+said Tom, when they retired for the night.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, my lad, better than I expected. I
+thought once I would have to fight the whole
+pack. Poor fellows! I pity them. They are
+but slaves to their appetites. I hope, my lad,
+you'll never yield to a like temptation."</p>
+
+<p>"No fear for me, Mr. Ferguson. I feel as
+you do on the subject."</p>
+
+<p>The journey continued till one day, about
+noon, they reached the town of St, Joseph,
+popularly called St. Joe.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XX.</h2>
+
+<h3>ST. JOE.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">St. Joe</span> was at that time the fitting-out
+point for overland parties bound for California.
+As a matter of course it presented a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span>
+busy, bustling appearance, and seemed full
+of life and movement. There was a large transient
+population, of a very miscellaneous character.
+It included the thrifty, industrious
+emigrant, prepared to work hard and live
+poorly, till the hoped-for competence was attained;
+but there was also the shiftless adventurer,
+whose chief object was to live without
+work, and the unscrupulous swindler, who
+was ready, if opportunity offered, to appropriate
+the hard earnings of others.</p>
+
+<p>"It's a lively place, Mr. Ferguson," said
+Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"It is, indeed, my young friend," said the
+cautious Scot; "but it is a place, to my thinking,
+where it behooves a man to look well to
+his purse."</p>
+
+<p>"No doubt you are right, Mr. Ferguson. I
+have learned to be cautious since my adventure
+with Graham and Vincent."</p>
+
+<p>"There's many like them in the world, Tom.
+They are like lions, going about seeking whom
+they may devour."</p>
+
+<p>St. Joseph could not at that time boast any
+first-class hotels. Inns and lodging-houses it
+had in plenty. At one of these&mdash;a two-story<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span>
+building, dignified by the title of "The Pacific
+Hotel"&mdash;our hero and his Scotch friend found
+accommodations. They were charged two dollars
+and a half per day&mdash;the same price they
+charged at first-class hotels in New York and
+Boston, while their rooms and fare were very
+far from luxurious. The landlord was a stout,
+jolly host, with a round, good-natured face.</p>
+
+<p>"You and your son will room together, I
+suppose," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"He isn't my son, but a young friend of
+mine," said Mr. Ferguson.</p>
+
+<p>"I thought he didn't look much like you,"
+said the landlord.</p>
+
+<p>"I am hard and weather-beaten, while he is
+young and fresh."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, gentlemen, I wish you both good
+luck. What will you take? I have a superior
+article of whisky that I can recommend."</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you, but I beg you will excuse me,
+sir," said Ferguson. "I never drink."</p>
+
+<p>"Nor I," said Tom; "but I am much
+obliged to you all the same."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, that beats me," said the landlord.
+"Why, you don't know what's good. You ain't
+a minister, are you?" turning to Ferguson.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[161]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I have not that high distinction, my friend.
+I am an unworthy member of the church of
+Scotland."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think your countrymen generally
+refuse whisky."</p>
+
+<p>"So much the worse for them. They are
+only too fond of it. My own brother died a
+miserable death, brought on by his love of
+liquor."</p>
+
+<p>"Then I won't press you; but I say,
+strangers, you won't find many of your way of
+thinking in the country you're going to."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't doubt he's right, Tom," said Ferguson
+to Tom, as they entered the chamber assigned
+to them. "We may not be together always.
+I hope you won't be led away by them
+that offer you strong drink. It would be the
+ruin of you, boy."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't fear for me, Mr. Ferguson. I have
+no taste for it."</p>
+
+<p>"Sometimes it's hard to refuse."</p>
+
+<p>"It won't be hard for me."</p>
+
+<p>"I am glad to hear you say that, my lad.
+You are young, strong, and industrious.
+You'll succeed, I'll warrant, if you steer clear
+of that quicksand."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[162]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Later in the day the two friends began to
+make inquiries about overland travel. They
+had no wish to remain long at St. Joe. Both
+were impatient to reach the land of gold, and
+neither cared to incur the expense of living
+at the hotel any longer than was absolutely
+necessary. Luckily this probably would not
+be long, for nearly every day a caravan set
+out on the long journey, and doubtless they
+would be able to join on agreeing to pay their
+share of the expenses. It was a great undertaking,
+for the distance to be traversed
+was over two thousand miles, through an unsettled
+country, some of it a desert, with the
+chances of an attack by hostile Indians, and the
+certainty of weeks, and perhaps months, of
+privation and fatigue. Mr. Donald Ferguson
+looked forward to it with some apprehension;
+for, with characteristic Scotch caution, he
+counted the cost of whatever he undertook, and
+did not fail to set before his mind all the contingencies
+and dangers attending it.</p>
+
+<p>"It's a long journey we're going on, my
+lad," he said, "and we may not reach the end
+of it in safety."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[163]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"It isn't best to worry about that, Mr. Ferguson,"
+said Tom cheerfully.</p>
+
+<p>"You are right, my lad. It's not for the
+best to worry, but it is well to make provision
+for what may happen. Now, if anything happens
+to me, I am minded to make you my executor."</p>
+
+<p>"But don't you think I am too young,
+Mr. Ferguson?"</p>
+
+<p>"You are o'er young, I grant, but you are a
+lad of good parts, temperate, steady, and
+honest. I have no other friend I feel like
+trusting."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope, Mr. Ferguson, there will be no
+occasion to render you any such service, but
+whatever I can I will do."</p>
+
+<p>"It will be very simple. You will take my
+money, and see that it is sent to my mother,
+in Glasgow. I will give you her address now,
+and then, if any sudden fate overtakes me,
+there will be no trouble. You will know just
+what to do."</p>
+
+<p>Tom was flattered by this mark of confidence.
+It was evident that the cautious
+Scotchman had formed a very favorable opin<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[164]</a></span>ion
+of him, or he would not have selected so
+young a boy for so important a trust.</p>
+
+<p>"Will you do the same for me, Mr.
+Ferguson?" he asked, with the sudden reflection
+that, young as he was, there was no
+absolute certainty of his living to reach
+California.</p>
+
+<p>"Surely I will, my lad."</p>
+
+<p>"If I should die I should want any money
+I might have left sent to my father."</p>
+
+<p>"Give me his address, my lad, and it shall
+be done. It is a good precaution, and we
+shan't either of us die the sooner for doing
+our duty, to the best of our ability, by those
+who would mourn our loss."</p>
+
+<p>Tom and his friend instituted inquiries, and
+ascertained that two days later a caravan
+was to start on its way across the continent.
+They ascertained, also, that the leader of the
+expedition was a pioneer named Fletcher, who
+was making his home at the California Hotel.
+They made their way thither, and were fortunate
+enough to find Mr. Fletcher at home. He
+was a stout, broad-shouldered man, a practical
+farmer, who was emigrating from Illinois.
+Unlike the majority of emigrants, he had his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[165]</a></span>
+family with him, namely, a wife, and four
+children, the oldest a boy of twelve.</p>
+
+<p>"My friend," said Ferguson, "I hear that
+you are soon leaving here with a party for
+California."</p>
+
+<p>"I leave day after to-morrow," answered
+Fletcher.</p>
+
+<p>"Is your party wholly made up?"</p>
+
+<p>"We are about full; but we might receive
+one or two more."</p>
+
+<p>"My young friend and I wish to join some
+good party, as we cannot afford to remain
+here, and we are anxious to get to work as
+soon as possible."</p>
+
+<p>Some care needed to be exercised in the
+choice of a party, as there were some who
+would only give trouble and annoyance, or
+perhaps fail to pay their proper share of the
+expenses. But Ferguson's appearance was
+sufficient guarantee of his reliability, and no
+one was likely to object to Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course," added Ferguson, "we are
+ready to bear our share of the expense."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you can come," said Fletcher. "You
+will both need revolvers, for we may be attacked<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[166]</a></span>
+by Indians, and must be able to defend
+ourselves."</p>
+
+<p>"Certainly, we will do our part, if need
+be."</p>
+
+<p>This was an expense which Tom had not
+foreseen; but he at once saw the importance
+of being armed when crossing such a country
+as lay before them, and went with Ferguson
+to make the needful purchase. His Scotch
+friend instructed him in the method of using
+his new weapon, and Tom felt a boy's natural
+pride in his new acquisition. He felt years
+older then he did on the morning when he left
+his country home. He had gained some
+knowledge of the world, and felt a greater
+confidence in himself on that account. He
+looked forward to the remainder of his journey
+with pleasurable excitement, and lost no time
+in making the necessary preparations.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[167]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XXI.</h2>
+
+<h3>HOW THINGS WENT ON AT HOME.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">While</span> Tom was slowly making his way
+westward, there was one place where tidings
+from him were anxiously awaited, and where
+nightly prayers were offered for his health
+and safe progress. Of course this was the
+dear, though humble, farmhouse, which had
+been his home.</p>
+
+<p>Twice a week Tom wrote, and his letters
+were cheerful and reassuring.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"Don't trouble yourself about me, dear
+mother"&mdash;he wrote from Cincinnati. "I am
+making friends, and learning how to travel. I
+feel years older, and rely much more on myself
+than when, an inexperienced boy, I bade you
+good-by. I am a thousand miles from you,
+and the longest and most difficult part of the
+journey lies before me; but with health and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[168]</a></span>
+strength, and prudence, I hope to arrive in
+good condition at my destination. As to health
+I never felt better in my life, and I have taken
+lessons in prudence and caution which will be
+of essential service to me. I have found that
+a boy who goes out into the world to seek his
+fortune cannot trust everybody he falls in
+with. He will find foes as well as friends, and
+he will need to be on his guard.</p>
+
+<p>"I start to-morrow for St. Joseph, in Missouri,
+going by way of St. Louis. Mr. Donald
+Ferguson, a middle-aged Scotchman, is my
+companion. A younger and livelier companion
+might prove more agreeable, but perhaps not
+so safe. Mr. Ferguson is old enough to be
+my father, and I shall be guided by his judgment
+where my own is at fault. He is very
+frugal, as I believe his countrymen generally
+are, and that, of course, just suits me. I don't
+know how long I shall be in reaching St.
+Joseph, but I shall write you once or twice on
+the way. Give my love to father, Sarah,
+Walter, and Harry, and keep a great deal for
+yourself.</p>
+
+<div class='sig'>
+<span style="margin-right: 2em;">"Your loving son,</span><br />
+"<span class="smcap">Tom.</span>"<br />
+</div></div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[169]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Tom is growing manly, Mary," said Mark
+Nelson to his wife. "It's doing him good to
+see a little of the world."</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose it is, Mark," said his wife; "but
+the more I think of it the more I feel that he
+is very young to undertake such a long journey
+alone."</p>
+
+<p>"He is young, but it will make a man of
+him."</p>
+
+<p>"He must be having a tip-top time," said
+Walter; "I wish I were with him."</p>
+
+<p>"You would be more of a hindrance than
+a help to him, Walter," said Mark Nelson.</p>
+
+<p>"You are only a child, you know," said
+Sarah, in an elder-sister tone.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you call yourself?" retorted
+Walter. "You are only two years older than
+I am."</p>
+
+<p>"Girls always know more than boys of the
+same age," said Sarah condescendingly. "Besides,
+I haven't said anything about going out
+to California."</p>
+
+<p>"No, I should think not. A girl that's
+afraid of a mouse had better stay at home."</p>
+
+<p>Walter referred to an incident of the day<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[170]</a></span>
+previous, when the sudden appearance of a
+mouse threw Sarah into a panic.</p>
+
+<p>"Are there any mouses in California?"
+asked little Harry, with interest.</p>
+
+<p>"If there are I could carry a cat with me,"
+returned Sarah good-humoredly.</p>
+
+<p>Mark Nelson, though he felt Tom was a boy
+to be trusted, did ask himself occasionally
+whether he had been wise in permitting him
+to leave home under the circumstances. Suppose
+he continued in health, there were doubts
+of his success. His golden dreams might not
+be realized. The two hundred dollars which
+he had raised for Tom might be lost, and bring
+in no return; and this would prove a serious
+loss to Mark, hampered as he was already by a
+heavy mortgage on his farm. Would Squire
+Hudson be forbearing, if ill-luck came? This
+was a question he could not answer. He only
+knew that such was not the squire's reputation.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, Mr. Nelson, what do you hear from
+Tom," asked the squire, one day about this
+time. "How far is he on his way?"</p>
+
+<p>"We received a letter from Cincinnati<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[171]</a></span>
+yesterday. He then was about starting for
+St. Joseph."</p>
+
+<p>"Does he seem to enjoy the journey?"</p>
+
+<p>"He writes in excellent spirits. He says he
+has met with good friends."</p>
+
+<p>"Indeed! How does his money hold out?"</p>
+
+<p>"He does not speak of that."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well, I dare say he is getting along
+well;" and the squire walked on.</p>
+
+<p>"Does he feel interested in Tom, or not?"
+queried Mark Nelson, as he looked thoughtfully
+after the squire, as he walked on with
+stately steps, leaning slightly on his gold-headed
+cane. He might have been enlightened
+on this point, if he could have heard a conversation,
+later in the day, between Squire
+Hudson and his son Sinclair.</p>
+
+<p>"I saw Mark Nelson this morning," he observed
+at the supper table.</p>
+
+<p>"Has he heard from Tom?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; his son wrote him from Cincinnati."</p>
+
+<p>"I wish I could go to Cincinnati," grumbled
+Sinclair; "I think I have a better right to see
+the world than Tom Nelson."</p>
+
+<p>"All in good time, my son. Tom is not
+traveling for pleasure."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[172]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Still, he is getting the pleasure."</p>
+
+<p>"He will have to work hard when he reaches
+California. Probably he won't have a cent
+left when he gets there."</p>
+
+<p>"What will he do then?"</p>
+
+<p>"He must earn money."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you think he will do well, father?"</p>
+
+<p>"He may, and then again he may not,"
+answered the squire judicially.</p>
+
+<p>"If he don't, how is he going to pay you
+back the money you lent him?"</p>
+
+<p>"I always thought your father was foolish
+to lend his money to a boy like that," said
+Mrs. Hudson querulously.</p>
+
+<p>"Women know nothing about business,"
+said the squire, with an air of superior wisdom.</p>
+
+<p>"Sometimes men don't know much," retorted
+his wife.</p>
+
+<p>"If you refer to me, Mrs. Hudson," said
+her husband, "you need have no anxiety. I
+did not lend the money to the boy, but to his
+father."</p>
+
+<p>"That isn't much better. Everybody knows
+that Mark Nelson has all that he can do to get
+along. His wife hasn't had a new dress for
+years."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[173]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The squire's face grew hard and stern. He
+had never loved his wife, and never forgiven
+Mrs. Nelson, whom he had loved as much as
+he was capable of doing, for refusing his
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>"She has made her bed and she must lie
+upon it," he said curtly. "She might have
+known that Mark Nelson would never be able
+to provide for her."</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps she never had any other offer,"
+said Mrs. Hudson, who was ignorant of a certain
+passage of her husband's life.</p>
+
+<p>"Probably she did, for she was a very pretty
+girl."</p>
+
+<p>"Then she's faded," said Mrs. Hudson, tossing
+her head.</p>
+
+<p>Squire Hudson did not reply; but as his eyes
+rested on the sharp, querulous face of his helpmate,
+and he compared it mentally with the
+pleasant face of Mrs. Nelson, he said to himself
+that, faded or not, the latter was still
+better looking than his wife had been in the
+days of her youth. Of course it would not do
+to say so, for Mrs. Hudson was not amiable.</p>
+
+<p>"Mark Nelson has given me security," said<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[174]</a></span>
+the squire, returning to the point under discussion.
+"I hold a mortgage on his farm
+for the whole amount he owes me."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you think you shall have to foreclose,
+father?" asked Sinclair.</p>
+
+<p>"If Tom does not succeed in California, I
+probably shall," said the squire.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you think he will succeed?"</p>
+
+<p>"He may be able to make a living, but I
+don't think he will be able to help his father
+any."</p>
+
+<p>"Then why did you lend him the money?"</p>
+
+<p>"He wanted to go, and was willing to take
+the risk. I lent the money as a business operation."</p>
+
+<p>"Suppose Mr. Nelson loses his farm, what
+will he do?" inquired Sinclair.</p>
+
+<p>"I really don't know," answered the squire,
+shrugging his shoulders. "That is no concern
+of mine."</p>
+
+<p>"Tom wouldn't put on so many airs if his
+father had to go to the poorhouse," said Sinclair.</p>
+
+<p>"Does he put on airs?"</p>
+
+<p>"He seems to think he is as good as I am,"
+said Squire Hudson's heir.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[175]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"That is perfectly ridiculous," said Mrs.
+Hudson. "The boy must be a fool."</p>
+
+<p>"He is no fool," said the squire, who did not
+allow prejudice to carry him so far as his
+wife and son. "He is a boy of very fair
+abilities; but I apprehend he will find it harder
+to make his fortune than he anticipated.
+However, time will show."</p>
+
+<p>"Most likely he'll come home in rags, and
+grow up a day-laborer," said Sinclair complacently.
+"When I'm a rich man I'll give
+him work. He won't feel like putting on airs,
+then."</p>
+
+<p>"What a good heart Sinclair has!" said
+Mrs. Hudson admiringly.</p>
+
+<p>Squire Hudson said nothing. Possibly the
+goodness of his son's heart was not so
+manifest to him.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XXII.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE YOUNG MAN FROM BOSTON.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Soon</span> after leaving St. Joe, the emigrant
+train which Tom had joined, entered the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[176]</a></span>
+territory of Kansas. At that early day the
+settlement of this now prosperous State had
+scarcely begun. Its rich soil was as yet unvexed
+by the plow and the spade, and the tall
+prairie grass and virgin forest stretched for
+many and many a mile westward in undisturbed
+loneliness.</p>
+
+<p>One afternoon, toward the setting of the
+sun, the caravan halted on the site of the
+present capital of the State, Topeka. The patient
+oxen, wearied with the twenty miles they
+had traveled, were permitted to graze. The
+ten baggage wagons or "ships of the plain," as
+they were sometimes called&mdash;came to anchor
+in a sea of verdure. They were ranged in a
+circle, the interior space being occupied as a
+camping-ground. Then began preparations
+for supper. Some of the party were sent for
+water. A fire was built, and the travelers, with
+a luxurious enjoyment of rest, sank upon the
+grass.</p>
+
+<p>Donald Ferguson looked thoughtfully over
+the vast expanse of unsettled prairie, and said
+to Tom, "It's a great country, Tom. There
+seems no end to it."</p>
+
+<p>"That's the way I felt when I was plodding<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[177]</a></span>
+along to-day through the mud," said Tom,
+laughing.</p>
+
+<p>"It's because the soil is so rich," said the
+Scotchman. "It'll be a great farming country
+some day, I'm thinking."</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose the soil isn't so rich in Scotland,
+Mr. Ferguson?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, my lad. It's rocky and barren, and
+covered with dry heather; but it produces rare
+men, for all that."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Ferguson was patriotic to the backbone.
+He would not claim for Scotland what she
+could not fairly claim; but he was all ready
+with some compensating claim.</p>
+
+<p>"How do you stand the walking, Mr.
+Ferguson?"</p>
+
+<p>"I'm getting used to it."</p>
+
+<p>"Then it's more than I am. I think it's
+beastly."</p>
+
+<p>These words were not uttered by Tom, but
+by rather a dandified-looking young man, who
+came up limping. He was from Boston, and
+gave his name as Lawrence Peabody. He had
+always lived in Boston, where he had been
+employed in various genteel avocations; but
+in an evil hour he had been lured from his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[178]</a></span>
+comfortable home by the seductive cry of gold,
+and, laying down his yardstick, had set out
+for California across the plains. He was a
+slender young man, with limbs better fitted for
+dancing than for tramping across the prairie,
+and he felt bitterly the fatigue of the journey.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you tired, Mr. Peabody?" asked Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"I am just about dead. I didn't bargain for
+walking all the way across the prairies. Why
+couldn't old Fletcher let me ride?"</p>
+
+<p>"The oxen have had all they could do to-day
+to draw the wagons through the mud."</p>
+
+<p>"Look at those boots," said the Bostonian
+ruefully, pointing to a pair of light calfskin
+boots, which were so overlaid with mud that
+it was hard to tell what was their original
+color. "I bought those boots in Boston only
+two weeks ago. Everybody called them stylish.
+Now they are absolutely disreputable."</p>
+
+<p>"It seems to me, my friend," said the
+Scotchman, "that you did not show much
+sagacity in selecting such boots for your journey.
+My young friend, Tom, is much better
+provided."</p>
+
+<p>"His boots are cowhide," said Mr. Lawrence<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[179]</a></span>
+Peabody disdainfully. "Do you think I
+would wear cowhide boots?"</p>
+
+<p>"You would find them more serviceable, Mr.
+Peabody," said Tom. "Besides, I don't believe
+anybody could tell the difference now."</p>
+
+<p>"How much did you pay for them?" asked
+the Bostonian.</p>
+
+<p>"A dollar and a half."</p>
+
+<p>"Humph! I thought so," returned Peabody
+contemptuously. "We don't wear cowhide
+boots in Boston."</p>
+
+<p>"You are not in Boston now."</p>
+
+<p>"I wish I was," said Peabody energetically.
+"I wouldn't have started if I had known what
+was before me. I expected to travel like a
+gentleman, instead of wading through this
+cursed mud till I'm ready to drop. Look at
+my pantaloons, all splashed with mire. What
+would my friends say if I should appear in this
+rig on Washington Street?"</p>
+
+<p>"They might take you for a bog-trotter,"
+said Tom, smiling.</p>
+
+<p>"I have always been particular about my
+appearance," said Peabody plaintively. "'He
+looks just as if he'd come out of a bandbox,'<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[180]</a></span>
+some of my lady friends used to say. How do
+I look now?"</p>
+
+<p>"Like a dirty-handed son of toil," said Tom
+humorously.</p>
+
+<p>"So do you," retorted Peabody, who felt
+that this was uncomplimentary.</p>
+
+<p>"I admit it," said Tom; "and that's just
+what I expect to be. You don't expect to dig
+gold with kid gloves on, do you, Mr. Peabody?"</p>
+
+<p>"I wish I had brought some with me," said
+the Bostonian seriously. "It would have saved
+my hands looking so dingy."</p>
+
+<p>"How came you to start for California, my
+friend?" inquired Ferguson.</p>
+
+<p>"The fact is," said Peabody, "I am not rich.
+There are members of our family who are
+wealthy; but I am not one of the lucky
+number."</p>
+
+<p>"You were making a living at home, were
+you not?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; but my income was only enough for
+myself."</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose you were in love, then," said
+Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't mind saying that I was; confidentially,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[181]</a></span>
+of course," said Mr. Peabody complacently.</p>
+
+<p>"Was your love returned?"</p>
+
+<p>"I may say it was. The young lady was the
+daughter of a merchant prince. I saw that
+she loved me, but her father would not consent
+to our union, on account of my limited means.
+I read in the <i>Transcript</i> of the gold discoveries
+in California. I determined to go out there,
+and try my fortune. If I am successful I will
+go home, and, with a bag of gold in each hand,
+demand the hand of Matilda from her haughty
+sire. When he asks me for my credentials, I
+will point to the gold, and say, 'Behold them
+here!'"</p>
+
+<p>"If both your hands are full I don't see how
+you can point to the bags of gold," said Tom,
+who liked to tease the young Bostonian.</p>
+
+<p>"There are a great many things you don't
+understand," said Mr. Peabody, irritably.</p>
+
+<p>"He is right, Tom," said Ferguson, with a
+quiet smile.</p>
+
+<p>"If you are both against me, I will give it
+up," said Tom. "All I can say is, I hope you'll
+get the two bags of gold, Mr. Peabody, and
+that you'll get the young lady, too."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[182]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Here Fletcher came up, and called upon
+Tom to assist in preparations for supper. Our
+hero readily complied with the request. Indeed,
+he always showed himself so obliging
+that he won the favorable regards of all.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Peabody continued the conversation
+with Mr. Ferguson.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you think there's as much gold in California
+as people say?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"No," answered the Scotchman.</p>
+
+<p>"You don't?" ejaculated the Bostonian, in
+dismay.</p>
+
+<p>"No; people always magnify when they talk
+of a new country. Now, my friend, how much
+do you expect to get in the first year?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, about fifty thousand dollars," answered
+Peabody.</p>
+
+<p>"And how much were you earning in
+Boston&mdash;a thousand dollars?"</p>
+
+<p>"About that," answered Peabody vaguely.
+In fact, he had been working on a salary of
+twelve dollars a week, in a retail dry-goods
+store on Washington Street.</p>
+
+<p>"Then you expect to make fifty times as
+much as at home?"</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you think I will?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[183]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I have never had such large expectations.
+If I make three or four thousand dollars in
+twelve months it will satisfy me."</p>
+
+<p>"But a man would never get rich, at that
+rate," said Lawrence Peabody uneasily.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know about that. It depends as
+much on what a man does with his money, as
+on the amount he makes," said the prudent
+Scot.</p>
+
+<p>"I am afraid I did wrong in leaving Boston,"
+said Peabody gloomily. "If I am to
+travel many weeks through the mud, and get
+no more than that, I shall feel that I am poorly
+paid."</p>
+
+<p>"You don't feel like my young friend Tom.
+He is full of hope, and enjoys everything."</p>
+
+<p>"He hasn't been brought up as I have," said
+Peabody. "A country boy in cowhide boots
+is tough, and don't mind roughing it."</p>
+
+<p>Ferguson did not have a chance to answer,
+for there was a summons to supper&mdash;a welcome
+call, that made even Mr. Lawrence
+Peabody look cheerful for the time being.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[184]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XXIII.</h2>
+
+<h3>MR. PEABODY'S TROUBLES.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">When</span> the party camped for the night the
+custom was to arrange the baggage wagons in
+a semicircle, and provide a resting-place for
+the women and children inside. As they were
+passing through a country occupied by Indians
+it was necessary to post one or more sentinels
+to keep watch through the night, and give notice
+of any who might be seen lurking near the
+camp. Fortunately, however, an Indian attack
+was seldom made at night. The time
+generally selected was in the morning, when
+the party were preparing to start on their
+day's march. Tom, as a boy, would have been
+excused taking his turn; but this did not suit
+him. He requested as a favor, that he might
+stand watch with the rest.</p>
+
+<p>"Can he be relied upon? Is he not too
+young?" asked Fletcher, the leader, of Mr.
+Ferguson.</p>
+
+<p>"You can depend upon him," said the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[185]</a></span>
+Scotchman confidently. "There's more manliness
+in Tom than in many men of twice his
+years."</p>
+
+<p>"Then I will put his name on the list," said
+Fletcher.</p>
+
+<p>"That's right. I'll answer for him."</p>
+
+<p>But there was one of the travelers who was
+by no means eager to stand on watch. This
+was Lawrence Peabody, the young man from
+Boston. He sought an interview with Fletcher,
+and asked to be excused.</p>
+
+<p>"On what grounds, Mr. Peabody?" asked
+Fletcher, surprised.</p>
+
+<p>"It doesn't agree with me to lose my night's
+sleep," said Peabody. "I am naturally delicate,
+and&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Your excuse is not satisfactory, Mr. Peabody.
+We are banded together in a little community,
+having mutual rights and mutual obligations.
+In the arrangements made for the
+common safety it is your duty to bear your
+part."</p>
+
+<p>"I am willing to provide a substitute," said
+Peabody eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>"Where will you find a substitute?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[186]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I have been talking with Tom Nelson. He
+says he is willing to serve in my turn."</p>
+
+<p>"He will serve when his own turn comes;
+that will be all we can expect of him."</p>
+
+<p>"But he is only a boy. Why should he be
+expected to take his turn?"</p>
+
+<p>"If he is old enough to be a substitute, he
+is old enough to stand watch for himself."</p>
+
+<p>"But, Mr. Fletcher, I am very delicate,"
+protested Lawrence Peabody. "I must have
+my regular sleep, or I shall be sick."</p>
+
+<p>"We must take our chances of that, Mr.
+Peabody."</p>
+
+<p>"I shall be very likely to go to sleep on my
+post."</p>
+
+<p>"I wouldn't advise you to," said Fletcher
+seriously. "It might be dangerous."</p>
+
+<p>"Dangerous!" ejaculated Peabody nervously.</p>
+
+<p>"Precisely. If a lurking Indian should surprise
+you, you might wake up to find yourself
+scalped."</p>
+
+<p>"Good gracious!" exclaimed the Bostonian,
+his teeth chattering, for he was not of the stuff
+of which heroes are made. "Do you&mdash;think
+there is any danger of that?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[187]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Considerable, if you neglect your duty."</p>
+
+<p>"But perhaps I can't help falling asleep."</p>
+
+<p>"Mr. Peabody," said Fletcher sternly, "you
+must keep awake. Not only your own safety,
+but that of the whole camp, may depend upon
+your vigilance. If you choose to risk your
+own life, I don't complain of that, but you
+shall not imperil ours. I therefore give you
+notice, that if you fall asleep on guard you
+will be drummed out of camp, and left to shift
+for yourself."</p>
+
+<p>"But I couldn't find my way on the prairie,"
+said Peabody, very much alarmed.</p>
+
+<p>"You had better think of that when you are
+tempted to close your eyes, Mr. Peabody," replied
+Fletcher.</p>
+
+<p>Lawrence Peabody walked off, feeling very
+much disconcerted. Fervently he wished himself
+back in Boston, where there are no Indians,
+and a man might sleep from one week's
+end to another without any danger of losing
+his scalp.</p>
+
+<p>"What's the matter, Mr. Peabody?" asked
+Tom, observing his melancholy appearance.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think I shall ever live to see California,"
+answered Mr. Peabody plaintively.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[188]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Why, what's the matter now?" asked Tom,
+checking an inclination to laugh; "are you
+sick?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't feel very well, Tom. I'm very
+delicate, and this journey is almost too much
+for my strength."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, cheer up, Mr. Peabody! Think of the
+gold that awaits you at the end of the journey."</p>
+
+<p>"It's all that keeps me up, I do assure you.
+But I am afraid I shall never live to get
+there," said Peabody, with a groan.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't think of such things, Mr. Peabody.
+Of course none of us is sure of living, but the
+chances are, that we shall reach California in
+health, make our fortunes, and go home rich.
+At any rate, that's what I am looking forward
+to."</p>
+
+<p>"I wouldn't mind so much but for one
+thing, Tom."</p>
+
+<p>"What is that?"</p>
+
+<p>"Fletcher insists that I shall take my turn
+in standing guard. If I were not so delicate
+I wouldn't mind; but I know I can't stand it.
+I'll give you two dollars to take my place,
+every time my turn comes."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[189]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I am willing, if Mr. Fletcher is," said Tom,
+who was by no means averse to making a little
+extra money.</p>
+
+<p>"But he isn't. I proposed it to him, for I
+was sure I could arrange with you; but he refused."</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose," said Tom slyly, "he thought
+I couldn't fill your place. You are a brave,
+resolute man, and I am only a boy."</p>
+
+<p>"Tom&mdash;I&mdash;I don't mind telling you; but I
+am afraid I am not brave."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, nonsense, Mr. Peabody! that is only
+your modesty."</p>
+
+<p>"But I assure you," said the young Bostonian
+earnestly, "I am speaking the truth. If I
+should see an Indian crawling near the camp
+I'm really afraid I should faint."</p>
+
+<p>"You won't know how brave you are till
+you are put to the test."</p>
+
+<p>"But do you think there is any chance of
+my being put to the test? Do you think there
+are any Indians near?" asked Lawrence Peabody,
+wiping the damp perspiration from his
+brow.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course there must be," said Tom.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[190]</a></span>
+"We are passing through their hunting-grounds,
+you know."</p>
+
+<p>"Why did I ever leave Boston?" said Mr.
+Peabody sadly.</p>
+
+<p>"You came, as I did, to make your fortune,
+Mr. Peabody."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm afraid I can't keep awake, Tom; Mr.
+Fletcher tells me, if I don't, that he will turn
+me adrift on the prairie. Isn't that hard?"</p>
+
+<p>"I am afraid it is a necessary regulation.
+But you won't fall asleep. Your turn will
+only come about once in two weeks, and that
+isn't much."</p>
+
+<p>"The nights will seem very long."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think so. I think it'll be fun, for
+my part."</p>
+
+<p>"But suppose&mdash;when you are watching&mdash;you
+should all at once see an Indian, Tom?"
+said Peabody, with a shiver.</p>
+
+<p>"I think it would be rather unlucky for the
+Indian," said Tom coolly.</p>
+
+<p>"You are a strange boy, Tom," said Mr.
+Peabody.</p>
+
+<p>"What makes you think so?"</p>
+
+<p>"You don't seem to care anything about the
+danger of being scalped."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[191]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I don't believe I should like being scalped
+any more than you do."</p>
+
+<p>"You might have got off from standing
+watch; but you asked to be allowed to."</p>
+
+<p>"That is quite true, Mr. Peabody. I want
+to meet my fair share of danger and fatigue."</p>
+
+<p>"You can stand it, for you are strong and
+tough. You have not my delicacy of constitution."</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps that's it," said Tom, laughing.</p>
+
+<p>"Would you mind speaking to Fletcher,
+and telling him you are willing to take my
+place?"</p>
+
+<p>"I will do it, if you wish me to, Mr. Peabody."</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you, Tom; you are a true friend;"
+and Mr. Peabody wrung the hand of his young
+companion.</p>
+
+<p>Tom was as good as his word. He spoke to
+Fletcher on the subject; but the leader of the
+expedition was obdurate.</p>
+
+<p>"Can't consent, my boy," he said. "It is
+enough for you to take your turn. That young
+dandy from Boston needs some discipline to
+make a man of him. He will never do anything
+in a country like California unless he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[192]</a></span>
+has more grit than he shows at present. I
+shall do him a favor by not excusing him."</p>
+
+<p>Tom reported the answer to Peabody, who
+groaned in spirit, and nervously waited for
+the night when he was to stand watch.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XXIV.</h2>
+
+<h3>A SAD SIGHT.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">A day</span> later, while the wagon-train was
+slowly winding through a mountain defile,
+they encountered a sight which made even the
+stout-hearted leader look grave. Stretched
+out stiff and stark were two figures, cold in
+death. They were men of middle age, apparently.
+From each the scalp had been removed,
+thus betraying that the murderers were Indians.</p>
+
+<p>"I should like to come across the red devils
+who did this," said Fletcher.</p>
+
+<p>"What would you do with them?" asked
+Ferguson.</p>
+
+<p>"Shoot them down like dogs, or if I could
+take them captive they should dangle upon the
+boughs of yonder tree."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[193]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I hope I shall be ready to die when my
+time comes," said Ferguson; "but I want it
+to be in a Christian bed, and not at the hands
+of a dirty savage."</p>
+
+<p>Just then Lawrence Peabody came up. He
+had been lagging in the rear, as usual.</p>
+
+<p>"What have you found?" he inquired, not
+seeing the bodies at first, on account of the
+party surrounding them.</p>
+
+<p>"Come here, and see for yourself, Peabody,"
+said one of the company.</p>
+
+<p>Lawrence Peabody peered at the dead men&mdash;he
+was rather near-sighted&mdash;and turned
+very pale.</p>
+
+<p>"Is it the Indians?" he faltered.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it's those devils. You can tell their
+work when you see it. Don't you see that they
+are scalped?"</p>
+
+<p>"I believe I shall faint," said Peabody, his
+face becoming of a greenish hue. "Tom, let
+me lean on your shoulder. Do&mdash;do you think
+it has been done lately?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yesterday, probably," said Ferguson.
+"The bodies look fresh."</p>
+
+<p>"Then the Indians that did it must be near
+here?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[194]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Probably."</p>
+
+<p>"These men were either traveling by themselves,
+or had strayed away from their party,"
+said Fletcher. "It shows how necessary it is
+for us to keep together. In union there is
+strength."</p>
+
+<p>The bodies were examined. In the pocket
+of one was found a letter addressed to James
+Collins, dated at some town in Maine. The
+writer appeared to be his wife. She spoke of
+longing for the time when he should return
+with money enough to redeem their farm from
+a heavy mortgage.</p>
+
+<p>"Poor woman!" said Ferguson. "She will
+wait for her husband in vain. The mortgage
+will never be paid through his exertions."</p>
+
+<p>Tom looked sober, as he glanced compassionately
+at the poor emigrant.</p>
+
+<p>"He came on the same errand that I did,"
+he said. "I hope my journey will have a happier
+ending."</p>
+
+<p>"Always hope for the best, Tom," said his
+Scotch friend. "You will live happier while
+you do live, and, if the worst comes, it will be
+time enough to submit to it when you must."</p>
+
+<p>"That is good philosophy, Mr. Ferguson."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[195]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Indeed it is, my lad. Don't borrow
+trouble."</p>
+
+<p>"We must bury these poor men," said
+Fletcher. "We can't leave them out here,
+possibly to be devoured by wild beasts. Who
+will volunteer for the service?"</p>
+
+<p>"Come, Peabody," said John Miles, a broad-shouldered
+giant, who had a good-natured contempt
+for the young man from Boston. "Suppose
+you and I volunteer."</p>
+
+<p>Lawrence Peabody shrank back in dismay
+at the unwelcome proposition.</p>
+
+<p>"I couldn't do it," he said, shivering. "I
+never touched a dead body in my life. I am
+so delicate that I couldn't do it, I assure you."</p>
+
+<p>"It's lucky we are not all delicate," said
+Miles, "or the poor fellows would be left unburied.
+I suppose if anything happens to you,
+Peabody, you will expect us to bury you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, don't mention such a thing, Mr.
+Miles," entreated Peabody, showing symptoms
+of becoming hysterical. "I really can't bear
+it."</p>
+
+<p>"It's my belief that nature has made a mistake,
+and Peabody was meant for a woman,"
+said Miles, shrugging his shoulders.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[196]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I will assist you, my friend," said the
+Scotchman. "It's all that remains for us to
+do for the poor fellows."</p>
+
+<p>"Not quite all," said Tom. "Somebody
+ought to write to the poor wife. We have
+her address in the letter you took from the
+pocket."</p>
+
+<p>"Well thought of, my lad," said Fletcher.
+"Will you undertake it?"</p>
+
+<p>"If you think I can do it properly," said
+Tom modestly.</p>
+
+<p>"It'll be grievous news, whoever writes it.
+You can do it as well as another."</p>
+
+<p>In due time Mrs. Collins received a letter
+revealing the sad fate of her husband, accompanied
+with a few simple words of sympathy.</p>
+
+<p>Over the grave a rude cross was planted,
+fashioned of two boards, with the name of
+James Collins, cut out with a jack-knife, upon
+them. This inscription was the work of Miles.</p>
+
+<p>"Somebody may see it who knows Collins,"
+he said.</p>
+
+<p>It happened that, on the second night after
+the discovery of Collins and his unfortunate
+companion, Lawrence Peabody's turn came to
+stand watch. He was very uneasy and nervous<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[197]</a></span>
+through the day. In the hope of escaping
+the ordeal he so much dreaded he bound a
+handkerchief round his head.</p>
+
+<p>"What's the matter, Mr. Peabody?" asked
+Fletcher.</p>
+
+<p>"I've got a fearful headache," groaned Peabody.
+"It seems to me as if it would split
+open."</p>
+
+<p>"Let me feel of it," said Fletcher.</p>
+
+<p>"It doesn't feel hot; it doesn't throb," he
+said.</p>
+
+<p>"It aches terribly," said Peabody. "I'm
+very subject to headache. It is the effect of a
+delicate constitution."</p>
+
+<p>"The fellow is shamming," said Fletcher
+to himself; and he felt disgust rather than
+sympathy.</p>
+
+<p>"It's a little curious, Mr. Peabody, that this
+headache should not come upon you till the
+day you are to stand on watch," remarked
+the leader, with a sarcasm which even the
+young man from Boston detected.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it's strange," he admitted, "and very
+unlucky, for of course you won't expect a sick
+man to watch."</p>
+
+<p>"You don't look at it in the right light, Mr.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[198]</a></span>
+Peabody. I regard it as rather lucky than
+otherwise."</p>
+
+<p>Lawrence Peabody stared.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't understand you, Mr. Fletcher," he
+said.</p>
+
+<p>"If you have the headache, it will prevent
+you from going to sleep, and you remember
+you expressed yourself as afraid that you
+might. If you were quite well, I might feel
+rather afraid of leaving the camp in your
+charge. Now, I am sure you won't fall
+asleep."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Peabody listened in dismay. The very
+plan to which he had resorted in the hope of
+evading duty was likely to fasten that duty
+upon him.</p>
+
+<p>"He'll be well before night," thought
+Fletcher shrewdly; and he privately imparted
+the joke to the rest of the party. The result
+was that Mr. Peabody became an object of
+general attention.</p>
+
+<p>In half an hour the young man from Boston
+removed his handkerchief from his head.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you feeling better, Mr. Peabody?"
+asked Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Very much better," said Peabody.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[199]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Your headache seems to pass off suddenly."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it always does," said the young
+Bostonian. "I am like mother in that. She
+had a delicate constitution, just like mine.
+One minute she would have a headache as if
+her head would split open, and half an hour
+afterward she would feel as well as usual."</p>
+
+<p>"You are very fortunate. I was afraid
+your headache would make it uncomfortable
+for you to watch to-night."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it would; but, as the captain said, it
+would have kept me awake. Now I don't believe
+I can keep from sleeping on my post."</p>
+
+<p>"Why don't you tell Fletcher so?"</p>
+
+<p>"Won't you tell him, Tom? He might pay
+more attention to it if you told him."</p>
+
+<p>"No, Mr. Peabody. You are certainly the
+most suitable person to speak to him. What
+makes you think he would pay more attention
+to me, who am only a boy?"</p>
+
+<p>"He seems to like you, Tom."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope he does, but really, Mr. Peabody,
+you must attend to your own business."</p>
+
+<p>Fletcher was at the head of the train, walking
+beside the first wagon. Hearing hurried<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[200]</a></span>
+steps, he turned, and saw Mr. Lawrence Peabody,
+panting for breath.</p>
+
+<p>"Have you got over your headache, Mr. Peabody?"
+he asked, with a quiet smile.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, Mr. Fletcher, it's all gone."</p>
+
+<p>"I am glad to hear it."</p>
+
+<p>"It would have kept me awake to-night, as
+you remarked," said Peabody. "Now, I am
+really afraid that I shall fall asleep."</p>
+
+<p>"That would be bad for you."</p>
+
+<p>"Why so?"</p>
+
+<p>"You remember those two poor fellows
+whom we found scalped the other day?"</p>
+
+<p>"I shall never forget them," said Lawrence
+Peabody, with a shudder.</p>
+
+<p>"Better think of them to-night. If you go
+to sleep on watch, those very Indians may
+serve you in the same way."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, good gracious!" ejaculated Peabody,
+turning pale.</p>
+
+<p>"They or some of their tribe are, no doubt,
+near at hand."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you think you could excuse me,
+Mr. Fletcher?" stammered Peabody, panic-stricken.</p>
+
+<p>"No!" thundered Fletcher, so sternly that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[201]</a></span>
+the unhappy Bostonian shrank back in dismay.</p>
+
+<p>For the credit of Boston, it may be said
+that John Miles&mdash;a broad-shouldered young
+giant, who did not know what fear was&mdash;more
+honorably represented the same city.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XXV.</h2>
+
+<h3>A NIGHT PANIC.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Lawrence Peabody's</span> feelings when night
+approached were not unlike those of a prisoner
+under sentence of death. He was timid, nervous,
+and gifted with a lively imagination.
+His fears were heightened by the sad spectacle
+that he had recently witnessed. His depression
+was apparent to all; but I regret to say that
+it inspired more amusement than sympathy.
+Men winked at each other as they saw him
+pass; and, with the exception of Tom and his
+Scotch friend, probably nobody pitied the
+poor fellow.</p>
+
+<p>"He's a poor creature, Tom," said Donald
+Ferguson; "but I pity him. We wouldn't<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[202]</a></span>
+mind watching to-night; but I doubt it's a
+terrible thing to him."</p>
+
+<p>"I would volunteer in his place, but Mr.
+Fletcher won't agree to it," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"He is right. The young man must take
+his turn. He won't dread it so much a second
+time."</p>
+
+<p>"What would the poor fellow do if he
+should see an Indian?"</p>
+
+<p>"Faint, likely; but that is not probable."</p>
+
+<p>"Mr. Fletcher thinks there are some not
+far off."</p>
+
+<p>"They don't attack in the night, so I hear."</p>
+
+<p>"That seems strange to me. I should think
+the night would be most favorable for them."</p>
+
+<p>"It's their way. Perhaps they have some
+superstition that hinders."</p>
+
+<p>"I am glad of it, at any rate. I can sleep
+with greater comfort."</p>
+
+<p>The rest were not as considerate as Tom
+and Ferguson. They tried, indeed, to excite
+still further the fears of the young Bostonian.</p>
+
+<p>"Peabody," said Miles, "have you made
+your will?"</p>
+
+<p>"No," answered Peabody nervously. "Why
+should I?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[203]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I was thinking that if anything happened
+to you to-night you might like to say
+how your things are to be disposed of. You've
+got a gold watch, haven't you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Peabody nervously.</p>
+
+<p>"And a little money, I suppose."</p>
+
+<p>"Not very much, Mr. Miles."</p>
+
+<p>"No matter about that. Of course if you
+are killed you won't have occasion for it,"
+said Miles, in a matter-of-fact tone.</p>
+
+<p>"I wish you wouldn't talk that way,"
+said Peabody irritably. "It makes me nervous."</p>
+
+<p>"What's the use of being nervous? It won't
+do any good."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you really think, Mr. Miles, there is
+much danger?" faltered Peabody.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course there is danger. But the post
+of danger is the post of honor. Now, Peabody,
+I want to give you a piece of advice. If you
+spy one of those red devils crouching in the
+grass, don't stop to parley, but up with your
+revolver, and let him have it in the head. If
+you can't hit him in the head, hit him where
+you can."</p>
+
+<p>"Wouldn't it be better," suggested Peabody,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[204]</a></span>
+in a tremulous voice, "to wake you up, or Mr.
+Fletcher?"</p>
+
+<p>"While you were doing it the savage would
+make mince-meat of you. No, Peabody, fire
+at once. This would wake us all up, and if
+you didn't kill the reptile we would do it for
+you."</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps he would see me first," suggested
+Peabody, in a troubled tone.</p>
+
+<p>"You mustn't let him. You must have your
+eyes all about you. You are not near-sighted,
+are you?"</p>
+
+<p>"I believe I am&mdash;a little," said Peabody
+eagerly, thinking that this might be esteemed
+a disqualification for the position he dreaded.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well, I guess it won't make any difference,
+only you will need to be more vigilant."</p>
+
+<p>"I wish I was blind; just for to-night,"
+thought Peabody to himself, with an inward
+sigh. "Then they would have to excuse me."</p>
+
+<p>John Miles overtook Fletcher, who was with
+the head wagon.</p>
+
+<p>"Captain Fletcher," he said, "I am afraid
+Peabody will make a mighty poor watch."</p>
+
+<p>"Just my opinion."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[205]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"He is more timid than the average woman.
+I've got a sister at home that has ten times his
+courage. If she hadn't I wouldn't own the relationship."</p>
+
+<p>"I am not willing to excuse him."</p>
+
+<p>"Of course not; but I'll tell you what I'll
+do. I'll keep an eye open myself, so that we
+sha'n't wholly depend on him."</p>
+
+<p>"If you are willing to do it, Miles, we shall
+all be indebted to you. Don't let him know it,
+though."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't mean to. He shall suppose he is
+the only man awake in camp."</p>
+
+<p>At a comparatively early hour the party
+stretched themselves out upon the ground, inviting
+sleep. Generally they did not have to
+wait long. The day's march brought with it
+considerable physical fatigue. Even those who
+were light sleepers at home slept well on the
+trip across the plains. Few or none remained
+awake half an hour after lying down. So
+Peabody knew that he would soon be practically
+alone.</p>
+
+<p>With a heavy heart he began to pace slowly
+forward and back. He came to where Tom
+lay.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[206]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Tom&mdash;Tom Nelson," he called, in a low
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>"What's the matter?" asked Tom, in a
+sleepy tone.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you asleep?"</p>
+
+<p>"No; but I soon shall be."</p>
+
+<p>"Won't you try to keep awake a little
+while? It won't seem so lonesome."</p>
+
+<p>"Sorry I can't accommodate you, Mr. Peabody;
+but I'm awfully tired and sleepy."</p>
+
+<p>"Who's that talking there?" drowsily demanded
+the nearest emigrant. "Can't you
+keep quiet, and let a fellow sleep?"</p>
+
+<p>"Good night, Mr. Peabody," said Tom, by
+way of putting an end to the conversation.</p>
+
+<p>"Good night," returned the sentinel disconsolately.</p>
+
+<p>The hours passed on, and Lawrence Peabody
+maintained his watch. He was in no
+danger of going to sleep, feeling too timid and
+nervous. He began to feel a little more comfortable.
+He could see nothing suspicious,
+and hear nothing except the deep breathing
+of his sleeping comrades.</p>
+
+<p>"It is not so bad as I expected," he muttered
+to himself.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[207]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>He began to feel a little self-complacent,
+and to reflect that he had underrated his own
+courage. He privately reflected that he was
+doing as well as any of his predecessors in
+duty. He began to think that after he had
+got back to Boston with a fortune, gained in
+California, he could impress his friends with
+a narrative of his night-watch on the distant
+prairies. But his courage had not yet been
+tested.</p>
+
+<p>He took out his watch to see how time was
+passing.</p>
+
+<p>It pointed to <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'twelev'">twelve</ins> o'clock.</p>
+
+<p>Why there should be anything more alarming
+in twelve o'clock than in any other hour
+I can't pretend to say, but the fact none will
+question. Mr. Peabody felt a nervous thrill
+when his eyes rested on the dial. He looked
+about him, and the darkness seemed blacker
+and more awe-inspiring than ever, now that
+he knew it to be midnight.</p>
+
+<p>"Will it ever be morning?" he groaned.
+"Four long hours at least before there will
+be light. I don't know how I am going to
+stand it."</p>
+
+<p>Now, there was attached to the wagon-train
+one of those universally despised but useful<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[208]</a></span>
+animals, a donkey, the private property of a
+man from Iowa, who expected to make it of
+service in California. The animal was tethered
+near the camp, and was generally quiet.
+But to-night he was wakeful, and managed
+about midnight to slip his tether, and wandered
+off. Peabody did not observe his escape.
+His vigilance was somewhat relaxed,
+and with his head down he gave way to
+mournful reflection. Suddenly the donkey,
+who was now but a few rods distant, uplifted
+his voice in a roar which the night stillness
+made louder than usual. It was too much
+for the overwrought nerves of the sentinel.
+He gave a shriek of terror, fired wildly in the
+air, and sank fainting to the ground. Of
+course the camp was roused. Men jumped to
+their feet, and, rubbing their eyes, gazed
+around them in bewilderment.</p>
+
+<p>It was not long before the truth dawned
+upon them. There lay the sentinel, insensible
+from fright, his discharged weapon at his
+feet, and the almost equally terrified donkey
+was in active flight, making the air vocal with
+his peculiar cries.</p>
+
+<p>There was a great shout of laughter, in the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[209]</a></span>
+midst of which Peabody recovered consciousness.</p>
+
+<p>"Where am I?" he asked, looking about
+him wildly, and he instinctively felt for his
+scalp, which he was relieved to find still in its
+place.</p>
+
+<p>"What's the matter?" asked the leader.
+"What made you fire?"</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I thought it was the Indians," faltered
+Peabody. "I thought I heard their horrid
+war-whoop."</p>
+
+<p>"Not very complimentary to the Indians to
+compare them with donkeys," said Miles.</p>
+
+<p>Lawrence Peabody was excused from duty
+for the remainder of the night, his place being
+taken by Miles and Tom in turn.</p>
+
+<p>It was a long time before he heard the last
+of his ridiculous panic, but he was not sensitive
+as to his reputation for courage, and he
+bore it, on the whole, pretty well.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XXVI.</h2>
+
+<h3>MR. PEABODY IS WORSTED.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">The</span> traveler of to-day who is whirled across
+the continent in six days and a half has little<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[210]</a></span>
+conception of what the overland journey was
+in the year 1850. Week after week and month
+after month slipped away between the start
+and the arrival on the western slope of the
+Sierra Nevadas. Delicate women and children
+of tender years developed extraordinary
+endurance, and showed remarkable fortitude
+on the wearisome trip. But the hope of bettering
+their fortunes was the magnet that
+drew them steadily on, day after day, in their
+march across the plains.</p>
+
+<p>Tom was at an age when adventure has a
+charm. His feet were often weary; but he
+never tired of the journey. Every morning
+found him active, alert, and ready for the toilsome
+walk. He was, indeed, impatient for the
+time to come when he could be earning something
+to pay up his debt to Squire Hudson,
+and so relieve his father from the additional
+burden assumed for his sake. Otherwise he
+was quite content to plod on, seeing something
+new every day.</p>
+
+<p>"You're always cheerful, Tom, my lad,"
+said Ferguson, one day.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Tom. "I am having a good
+time."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[211]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Youth is aye the time for enjoyment.
+When I was a lad like you I might have been
+the same."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you enjoy the journey, Mr. Ferguson?"
+asked Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm getting tired of it, Tom. I look upon
+it as a means to an end. I'm in a hurry to
+reach the mines."</p>
+
+<p>"So am I, Mr. Ferguson, for that matter."</p>
+
+<p>"And I can't help thinking, what if they
+don't turn out as well as we expect? Then
+there'll be months lost, besides a good bit of
+money," replied Ferguson.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I'm sure there is plenty of gold, and
+we shall get our share," said Tom confidently;
+"that is, if we have our health."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope it'll be as you say, my lad. Indeed,
+I think you are right. You have taught
+me a lesson."</p>
+
+<p>"Have I, Mr. Ferguson? What is it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Always to look on the bright side. It is
+a lesson worth learning. It makes a man feel
+happier, and often gives courage to press on
+to the accomplishment of his purpose."</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose it is natural to me," said Tom.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[212]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"It is a happy gift. It is a pity that poor
+creature from Boston hadn't it."</p>
+
+<p>Lawrence Peabody was approaching, and
+this no doubt led to the allusion. He was
+limping along, looking decidedly down in
+the mouth, which, indeed, was not unusual.</p>
+
+<p>"What is the matter with you, Mr. Peabody?"
+asked Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm almost gone," groaned Peabody.
+"My strength is exhausted, and, besides, I've
+got a terrible corn on my left foot."</p>
+
+<p>"How long has that been?"</p>
+
+<p>"For two or three days. It's torture for
+me to walk. I don't know but you'll have to
+leave me here on the prairie to perish."</p>
+
+<p>"Not so bad as that, Mr. Peabody, I hope.
+Perhaps Mr. Chapman will lend you his donkey
+to ride upon."</p>
+
+<p>The owner of the donkey was within hearing
+distance, and at once expressed a willingness
+to lend his animal to Mr. Peabody.</p>
+
+<p>"That will be better than perishing on the
+prairies," said Tom cheerfully.</p>
+
+<p>"I am not much used to riding," said Peabody
+cautiously.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[213]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"He won't run away with you, Peabody,"
+said the owner. "He's too lazy."</p>
+
+<p>Lawrence Peabody was already aware of
+this fact, and it gave him courage to accept
+the offered help. He mounted Solomon&mdash;as
+the donkey was called, for some unknown
+reason&mdash;and for a time enjoyed the relief
+from the toil of walking. He became quite
+cheerful, and was disposed to congratulate
+himself upon his success, when an unfortunate
+fit of obstinacy came over Solomon. It
+dawned upon the sagacious animal that it
+would be much easier to travel without a
+load, and, turning his head, he looked thoughtfully
+at his rider.</p>
+
+<p>"Get up, Solomon!" exclaimed Peabody,
+striking the animal on the haunch.</p>
+
+<p>Solomon felt that this was taking a personal
+liberty and he stood stock-still, his face
+expressive of obstinacy.</p>
+
+<p>"Why don't he go on?" asked Peabody,
+perplexed.</p>
+
+<p>"He's stopping to rest," said Tom. "I am
+afraid he is lazy."</p>
+
+<p>"Go along!" exclaimed Peabody, again
+using his whip. But the animal did not budge.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[214]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"This is really very provoking," murmured
+the rider. "What shall I do?"</p>
+
+<p>"Don't give up to him," advised one of the
+company. "Here, let me whip him."</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you; I wish you would."</p>
+
+<p>It was an unlucky speech. The other complied
+with the request, and delivered his blow
+with such emphasis that Solomon's equanimity
+was seriously disturbed. He dashed forward
+with what speed he could command,
+Mr. Peabody holding on, in a sort of panic,
+till he was a hundred yards away. Then he
+stopped suddenly, lowering his head, and his
+hapless rider was thrown over it, landing
+some distance in advance. Solomon looked at
+him with grim humor, if a donkey is capable
+of such a feeling, and, apparently satisfied,
+turned and walked complacently back to the
+wagon-train.</p>
+
+<p>Several of the company, witnessing the accident,
+hurried forward to Mr. Peabody's assistance.
+They picked him up, groaning and
+bewildered, but not much hurt.</p>
+
+<p>"None of your limbs broken," said Miles.
+"I guess you'll do."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm badly shaken up," moaned Peabody.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[215]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"It will do you good," said Miles bluntly.</p>
+
+<p>"You had better try it yourself, then," retorted
+Peabody, with unwonted spirit.</p>
+
+<p>"Good for you!" laughed Miles. "I suspect
+you are not dead yet."</p>
+
+<p>"What made you put me on such a vicious
+beast?" asked Peabody of the owner.</p>
+
+<p>"Solomon isn't vicious; he's only lazy,"
+said Chapman. "We can't blame him much."</p>
+
+<p>"I think he ought to be shot," said Peabody,
+painfully rising, and stretching out one
+limb after another to make sure that none
+was broken.</p>
+
+<p>"You seem to be unlucky, Mr. Peabody,"
+said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm always unlucky," moaned Peabody.</p>
+
+<p>"Will you ride again, Mr. Peabody?" asked
+Chapman. "I'll catch Solomon for you, if
+you like."</p>
+
+<p>"Not for fifty dollars!" exclaimed Peabody
+energetically. "It is as much as anybody's
+life is worth."</p>
+
+<p>"If you will make me the same offer, I
+won't refuse, Mr. Chapman," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"You can mount him, if you like."</p>
+
+<p>Tom waited for no second invitation. He<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[216]</a></span>
+approached Solomon cautiously, vaulted upon
+his back, and the animal, disagreeably surprised,
+had recourse to the same tactics which
+had proved so successful in the case of the
+young man from Boston. But he had a different
+kind of a rider to deal with. Tom had
+been accustomed to ride from the time he was
+six years of age, and he stuck to his seat in
+spite of all attempts to dislodge him. So far
+from feeling alarmed, he enjoyed the struggle.</p>
+
+<p>"It's no go, Solomon!" he said gaily.
+"You've tackled the wrong customer this time.
+Better make up your mind to go as I want you
+to."</p>
+
+<p>Solomon came to the same conclusion after
+a time. He had tried his ordinary tactics, and
+they had proved unavailing. The struggle had
+been witnessed with some interest by the other
+members of the company.</p>
+
+<p>"You can ride, youngster; that's a fact,"
+said the owner of the donkey. "I didn't say
+anything, but I rather expected to see you follow
+Peabody."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm used to riding," said Tom modestly.
+"Mr. Peabody is not."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[217]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Every lad ought to know how to ride,"
+said Ferguson. "It's a deal manlier than
+smoking a cigar, to my thinking."</p>
+
+<p>"I can smoke a cigar," said Peabody, desirous
+probably of appearing to possess one
+manly accomplishment.</p>
+
+<p>"You will hardly find it as useful as riding
+in the new country you are going to, Mr. Peabody,"
+said Ferguson dryly.</p>
+
+<p>"I'd give something for a good cigar myself,"
+said John Miles.</p>
+
+<p>"I prefer riding," said Tom. "I never
+smoked a cigar in my life."</p>
+
+<p>"You are just as well off without it, my
+lad," said the Scotchman. "It don't do men any
+good, and always harms boys."</p>
+
+<p>Peabody never again mounted Solomon.
+One trial was sufficient, and, footsore and lame
+as he was, he decidedly preferred to walk.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XXVII.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE LOST HORSE.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Day</span> followed day, and every sunset found
+the party from eighteen to twenty miles nearer<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[218]</a></span>
+the land of gold. They had not yet been molested
+by Indians, though on more than one
+occasion they had encountered the remains of
+those whom the savages had ruthlessly slaughtered.
+When they witnessed such a spectacle
+they were moved less by fear than indignation.</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't think I should ever thirst for a
+fellow creature's blood," said John Miles;
+"but if I could meet the savages that did this
+bloody work, I would shoot them down like
+dogs, and sleep all the more soundly for it.
+How is it with you, friend Ferguson?"</p>
+
+<p>"I am inclined to agree with you," said the
+Scotchman. "When an Indian makes himself
+a beast of prey he should be treated accordingly."</p>
+
+<p>"Are there any Indians in California?"
+asked Peabody nervously.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think we shall have any trouble
+with them there, Mr. Peabody," said Ferguson.</p>
+
+<p>"Then I wish I was there now. It must be
+terrible to be scalped;" and the young man
+from Boston shuddered.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think it would be an agreeable surgical
+operation," said Fletcher, who had just<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[219]</a></span>
+come up. "Let us hope that we shall not be
+called upon to undergo it."</p>
+
+<p>The next morning, when breakfast was
+over, and the party was preparing to start, an
+unpleasant discovery was made. One of the
+most valuable horses was missing. He must
+have slipped his tether during the night, and
+strayed away; as they were situated, the loss
+of such an animal would be felt.</p>
+
+<p>"He can't be far away," said Fletcher.
+"Some of us must go after him."</p>
+
+<p>"Let Peabody mount the mustang, and
+undertake to find him," suggested John Miles,
+winking at the captain.</p>
+
+<p>"Mr. Peabody," said Captain Fletcher
+gravely, "will you undertake to recover the
+horse? We shall all feel under great obligations
+to you."</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I hope you will excuse me, Captain
+Fletcher," stammered Peabody, in great alarm.
+"I know I couldn't find the horse. I shouldn't
+know where to look."</p>
+
+<p>"This is where he got away. You can see
+his trail in the grass," said Scott, a young man
+from Indiana. "All you will have to do will
+be to follow the trail, Mr. Peabody."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[220]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I'm very near-sighted," pleaded Peabody.
+"I should lose my way, and never come back."</p>
+
+<p>"Carrying the mustang with you? That
+would be a loss indeed," said John Miles pointedly.
+"On the whole, Captain Fletcher, we
+had better excuse Mr. Peabody."</p>
+
+<p>"Mr. Peabody is excused," said the leader.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you," said Peabody, looking relieved.
+"I would go, I am sure, if I could do
+any good; but I know I couldn't."</p>
+
+<p>"Who will volunteer?" asked Fletcher.</p>
+
+<p>"Let me go," said Tom eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>"You are not afraid of losing your way,
+Tom?" said Miles.</p>
+
+<p>"No; or if I do, I will find it again."</p>
+
+<p>"That boy is more of a man now than Peabody
+will ever be," said Miles, in a low voice
+to Ferguson.</p>
+
+<p>"That he is," said the Scotchman, who was
+a firm friend of our young hero. "There is
+the making of a noble man in him."</p>
+
+<p>"I believe you."</p>
+
+<p>"I have no objection to your going, Tom,"
+said Fletcher; "but it is better that you should
+have company. Who will go with the boy?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[221]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I," said several, among them John Miles
+and Henry Scott.</p>
+
+<p>"You may go, Scott," said the leader. "I
+have work for Miles at camp. The sooner you
+get started the better."</p>
+
+<p>"All right, captain. Come along, Tom."</p>
+
+<p>The two were in the saddle before two minutes
+had passed, and, guided by the trail,
+struck out upon the prairie.</p>
+
+<p>Scott was a tall, broad-shouldered young
+farmer, not over twenty-five, strong and athletic,
+and reported, the best runner, wrestler,
+and vaulter in the party. Tom was very well
+pleased to have his company.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XXVIII.</h2>
+
+<h3>INDIAN CASUISTRY.</h3>
+
+
+<p>"<span class="smcap">I should</span> like to know when the horse got
+away," said Scott, as he and Tom rode on side
+by side; "then we could calculate how far we
+should have to go before overtaking him."</p>
+
+<p>"He wouldn't be likely to travel all the time,
+would he?" asked Tom.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[222]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Probably not. He may have gone only a
+mile or two. Are your eyes good?"</p>
+
+<p>"Pretty good."</p>
+
+<p>"Look about, then, and see if you can anywhere
+see anything of the rover."</p>
+
+<p>Scott and Tom, drawing rein, looked searchingly
+in all directions; but nowhere was the
+lost animal visible.</p>
+
+<p>"Somebody may have found him," suggested
+Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"That may be. If so, we have a harder
+job before us."</p>
+
+<p>The prairie was not quite level, but was
+what is called a rolling prairie, and this limited
+the view. Otherwise it would have been
+easy for a person, whose sight was keen, to
+have distinguished an object as large as a
+horse at a distance of many miles.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you sure we are on the right track,
+Mr. Scott?" asked Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I can see by the trail."</p>
+
+<p>"I can see no hoof-marks."</p>
+
+<p>"Not just here; but look closely, and you
+will see slight marks of disturbance in the
+grass. As long as these signs last we need<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[223]</a></span>
+have no doubts as to our being on the right
+track."</p>
+
+<p>"The same trail will lead us back to our
+party," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I shouldn't like to part from them
+in this country. It would be rather a bad
+place to be lost without provisions."</p>
+
+<p>They had ridden about five miles, when the
+trail became clearer and better defined. In
+fact, the marks in the prairie grass appeared
+more numerous than a single horse would be
+likely to make.</p>
+
+<p>Scott looked grave.</p>
+
+<p>"We will halt here a moment, Tom," he
+said. "I want to examine the trail."</p>
+
+<p>"Shall I get off my horse?"</p>
+
+<p>"No; it is not necessary."</p>
+
+<p>Scott dismounted and walked about, closely
+examining the marks in the grass.</p>
+
+<p>Finally he looked up.</p>
+
+<p>"I begin to think it doubtful whether we
+shall recover Dan," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"Why?"</p>
+
+<p>"He has been found and carried off," was
+the reply. "Do you see the double trail?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Tom, after a brief examination.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[224]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"It means that a horseman has found Dan,
+and led him away. This rather complicates
+matters."</p>
+
+<p>"What do you think we had better do?"
+inquired Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"That requires consideration. I could tell
+better if I knew by whom the horse had been
+found. The finder may be honest, and would,
+in that case, surrender it on our appearing,
+and claiming him. But, again, he may be dishonest,
+and resist our claims."</p>
+
+<p>"We are two to one," said Tom stoutly.</p>
+
+<p>"We don't know that. The man may belong
+to a party."</p>
+
+<p>"The members of his party would know
+that the horse was not his."</p>
+
+<p>"Quite true, if the party was composed of
+decent persons, like our own; but that is not
+certain."</p>
+
+<p>"Then will you go back without Dan?"
+asked Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't want to do that. In fact I should
+be ashamed to. Captain Fletcher would conclude
+that he might as well have sent Peabody;
+and I am not anxious to be classed with
+him."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[225]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Nor I," said Tom, smiling.</p>
+
+<p>"So the only thing is to push on, and make
+what discoveries we may."</p>
+
+<p>"All right," said Tom cheerfully.</p>
+
+<p>They rode on for a couple of miles, having
+no difficulty in following the trail, until they
+reached the brow of a small eminence. Here
+they were greeted with a sight that startled
+them. A group of a dozen Indians were reclining
+on the grass, with their horses fastened
+near them. Startled as they were, they detected
+the animal of which they were in search
+among the Indian horses.</p>
+
+<p>"We've walked into a trap with our eyes
+open, Tom," said Scott, halting his horse mechanically.
+His bronzed face was a little pale,
+for he knew well the character of the savages
+before him, the hopelessness of escape, and the
+terrible fate that probably awaited them.</p>
+
+<p>"Shall we turn and fly, Mr. Scott?" asked
+Tom hurriedly.</p>
+
+<p>"It would be of no use, Tom. We must
+stay and face the music."</p>
+
+<p>Upon the appearance of the two friends the
+Indians had sprung to their feet, and the
+colloquy was scarcely over before there was an<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[226]</a></span>
+Indian at each bridle-rein. They made signs,
+easily understood, for Tom and Scott to dismount.</p>
+
+<p>"Stop a minute," said Scott, with creditable
+coolness, considering the great peril in which
+he knew himself to be. "Is there any one here
+who speaks English?"</p>
+
+<p>An elderly Indian stepped forward quickly,
+and said, "Speak, white man. I speak English
+a little."</p>
+
+<p>"Good," said Scott; "then I want you to
+tell your friends here that I came after a horse
+that left our camp last night. Do you understand?"</p>
+
+<p>The Indian inclined his head.</p>
+
+<p>"There he is," continued Scott, pointing
+with his finger to Dan. "Give him to me, and
+I will go away."</p>
+
+<p>The interpreter turned to his companions,
+and repeated what Scott had said. Evidently
+it was not favorably received, as Scott could
+see by the menacing looks that were turned
+upon him. He waited, with some anxiety, for
+the answer to his claim. He had to wait for
+some minutes, during which the Indians appeared
+to be consulting. It came at last.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[227]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"The white man has lied," said the Indian
+sententiously. "The horse is ours."</p>
+
+<p>"That's pretty cool, eh, Tom?" said Scott,
+provoked; not only by the denial of his claim,
+but by the charge of falsehood.</p>
+
+<p>Tom did not answer, thinking silence more
+prudent.</p>
+
+<p>The Indian interpreter looked suspiciously
+from one to the other. He understood what
+"cool" meant, but was not familiar with the
+special sense in which Scott used it.</p>
+
+<p>"I will prove that the horse is ours," said
+Scott. "Here, Dan!"</p>
+
+<p>The horse whinnied, and tried to reach
+Scott, upon hearing his name pronounced.</p>
+
+<p>"There," said Scott triumphantly, "you see
+the horse knows me. I have not lied."</p>
+
+<p>The speech was an imprudent one. Indians
+are not lawyers, but they understand the familiar
+saying, that "possession is nine points
+of the law." That the horse was a valuable
+one they understood; and they had no intention
+of parting with him. Still more, they
+looked with covetous eyes at the horses ridden
+by Scott and the boy, and they had already
+made up their minds to seize them also.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[228]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"The white man is a magician," said the interpreter.
+"He has bewitched the horse. The
+horse is ours. He has always belonged to us."</p>
+
+<p>"It's no use, Tom," said Scott. "They are
+bound to keep Dan, and I don't see how we
+can help it. We had better give him up, and
+get away if we can. All the same, the fellow
+is an outrageous liar."</p>
+
+<p>He spoke in a low voice, and the interpreter,
+though listening attentively, did not quite
+catch what was said.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess you are right," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>Scott turned to the interpreter.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, if you think it is yours, squire, I
+reckon you will keep it. So we'll say good
+morning, and go."</p>
+
+<p>He pulled the rein, but the Indian at his
+bridle did not let go.</p>
+
+<p>"Good morning, gentlemen," said Scott.
+"We are going."</p>
+
+<p>"White man must stay," said the Indian
+interpreter decisively.</p>
+
+<p>"Why?" demanded Scott impatiently.</p>
+
+<p>"He has tried to steal Indian's horse," said
+the wily savage.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, by gosh; that's turning the tables<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[229]</a></span>
+with a vengeance," ejaculated Scott. "They're
+rather ahead of white rogues, Tom. Will you
+let the boy go?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"White boy stay, too," answered the interpreter,
+after a brief reference to the leader of
+the Indian party.</p>
+
+<p>"Tom," said Scott rapidly, and not appearing
+to be excited, lest his excitement should
+lead to suspicion, "none of them are mounted.
+Lash your horse, and tear from the grasp of
+the man that holds him; then follow me. It
+is our only chance."</p>
+
+<p>Tom's heart beat rapidly. He knew that all
+his nerve was called for; but he did not falter.</p>
+
+<p>"Give the signal," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"One, two, three!" said Scott rapidly.
+Simultaneously both lashed their horses. The
+startled animals sprang forward. The grips
+of the Indians, who were not suspecting any
+attempts at escape, were already relaxed, and
+before they were fully aware of what was intended
+our two friends were galloping away.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[230]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XXIX.</h2>
+
+<h3>A RACE FOR LIFE.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">The</span> Indians were taken by surprise. They
+so outnumbered their intended captives that
+they had not anticipated an attempt at escape.
+But they had no intention of losing
+their prey. There was a howl of surprise and
+disappointment; then they sprang for their
+horses, and, with little delay, were on the
+track of our two friends.</p>
+
+<p>The delay was small, but it was improved by
+Scott and Tom. Pressing their animals to
+their highest speed they gained a lead of several
+hundred feet before their savage pursuers
+had fairly started. It was well that Tom was
+a good rider, or he might not have been able to
+keep his seat. In fact, he had never ridden so
+rapidly before: but he felt that he was riding
+for his life, and was only anxious to ride
+faster. Scott had felt a little anxious on this
+point; but his anxiety vanished when he saw
+how easily and fearlessly his boy companion
+kept at his side.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[231]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Well done, Tom!" he said, as they flew
+over the prairie. "Keep up this pace, and we
+will escape yet."</p>
+
+<p>"I can do it, if my horse holds out," returned
+Tom briefly.</p>
+
+<p>Scott looked over his shoulder, and, brave
+man as he was, it almost made him shudder.
+The whole party of Indians was on his track.
+He could see their dusky faces, distorted by
+wrath, and the longing for a savage revenge.
+He knew that Tom and he had little to hope
+for if they were caught. Fortunately their
+horses were strong and fleet, and not likely
+to break down.</p>
+
+<p>"Ride for your life, Tom!" he shouted.
+"They will show us no mercy if they catch
+us."</p>
+
+<p>"All right, Mr. Scott!" said Tom, his face
+flushed, and panting with excitement. If he
+had not felt that so much depended upon it; if
+he could have thrust out from his mind the
+sense of the awful peril in which he stood&mdash;he
+would have enjoyed the furious pace at which
+his horse was carrying him.</p>
+
+<p>The horses ridden by the Indians were not
+equal in speed or endurance to those which<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[232]</a></span>
+the two friends bestrode. They were fresher
+indeed, but they did not make up for the difference
+between them. There was one exception,
+however: Dan, the stolen horse, was not
+only equal to either of their horses, but had
+the advantage of being fresher. This, after
+a while, began to tell. It was ridden by a
+young Indian brave, a brother of the leader.
+Soon he drew away from his companions, and,
+yard by yard, lessened the distance between
+himself and the pursued. At the end of three
+miles he was close upon them, and at least
+fifty rods in advance of his comrades. Scott
+saw this in one of his backward glances.</p>
+
+<p>"Tom," said he, "the redskin on Dan is
+overhauling us."</p>
+
+<p>"Will he catch us?"</p>
+
+<p>"I mean to catch him," said Scott coolly.</p>
+
+<p>Tom did not need to ask for an explanation.
+Scott wheeled round, took hasty but accurate
+aim at the Indian, and fired. The hapless warrior
+reeled in his saddle, loosed his hold of the
+reins, and fell to the ground, while his horse,
+continuing in his course, his pace accelerated
+by fright, soon galloped alongside of Scott.
+There was a howl of rage from the main body<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[233]</a></span>
+of Indians, who saw the fate of their comrade,
+without being able to help him.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, Tom, ride as you never rode before!"
+shouted Scott. "We will circumvent those
+Indian devils yet, and bring Dan safe into
+camp. Come along, Dan, old fellow; you're
+doing nobly."</p>
+
+<p>Dan recognized the familiar voice. He entered
+into the spirit of the race, and, relieved
+from the weight of his rider, dashed forward
+with increased speed, till he led, and Scott and
+Tom were forced to follow.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians were mad with rage. Their
+comrade had received a fatal wound. They
+saw the round hole in his breast, from which
+the life-blood was gushing, and they thirsted
+for vengeance.</p>
+
+<p>Should two palefaces, one of them a boy,
+escape from them? That would be a disgrace,
+indeed; the blood of their brother called for
+blood in return.</p>
+
+<p>Could they have inspired their horses with
+the same spirit which animated themselves,
+they might, perhaps, have overtaken their intended
+captives; but, happily for our two<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[234]</a></span>
+friends, the horses were less interested than
+their riders.</p>
+
+<p>The danger was well-nigh over. It was
+scarcely two miles to the camp. There they
+would be so re-enforced that the Indians would
+not venture an attack. That was the goal they
+had in view. Already they could see in the
+distance the wagon-train, ready for a start.
+They were surely safe now. But at this unlucky
+moment Tom's horse stumbled. The
+motion was so rapid that he could not retain
+his seat. He was thrown over the horse's head,
+and lay stunned and insensible upon the
+ground. His horse kept on his way to the
+camp.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XXX.</h2>
+
+<h3>TOM BECOMES AN INDIAN.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Scott</span> did not immediately notice Tom's
+mishap. The boy had shown himself so good
+a rider that such an accident had not occurred
+to him as likely to happen. When he did look
+back there was already a considerable distance
+between them. In fact, Tom lay midway between
+the Indians and himself.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[235]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>What was he to do?</p>
+
+<p>If he returned there was no hope of rescuing
+Tom; and he would infallibly fall into the
+hands of the Indian pursuers. In that case
+his fate was sealed. He had killed an Indian
+warrior, and his life would pay the forfeit.
+By going on he could head a rescuing party
+from the camp. His heart ached for Tom. It
+was hard to leave him in the hands of the savage
+foe; but Tom was a boy, and there was
+hope that he would be spared; so he felt that it
+was better to continue his flight.</p>
+
+<p>There was a shout of fierce joy when the Indians
+saw Tom's fall. They would have preferred
+to capture Scott, for he it was who had
+killed their comrade; but they were glad to
+have one prisoner. They reined up their
+horses, and halted beside the still insensible
+boy. They held a brief consultation, and decided
+not to continue the pursuit. They could
+see the encampment, which Scott was sure to
+reach before he could be overtaken. They
+could not tell the number of the party to
+which he belonged; but, being few in numbers
+themselves, the risk would be a hazardous one.
+They decided to retire with their prisoner.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[236]</a></span>
+Tom was lifted to a seat in front of one of the
+party, and they rode leisurely back.</p>
+
+<p>This was the position in which our hero
+found himself when he roused from his stupor.
+One glance revealed to him the whole. His
+heart sank within him. They might kill him.
+Remembering the ghastly sights he had seen
+on his trip across the plains, he thought it
+likely that they would. Life was sweet to
+Tom. To what boy of sixteen is it not? It
+seemed hard to be cut off in the threshold of an
+active career, and by savage hands. But there
+was an additional pang in the thought that
+now he would be unable to help his father.
+The result of his plan would only be to impose
+an additional burden upon the modest home
+which his father found it so hard to keep up.
+Tom sighed; and, for the first time in his life,
+he felt discouraged.</p>
+
+<p>He looked about him, scanning the dark,
+grave faces, and read no hope or encouragement
+in any. Finally the Indians came to a
+halt at their old camping-ground, and Tom
+was lifted from the horse. He was placed upon
+the ground, in the center of the group. Then
+followed a consultation. From the glances<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[237]</a></span>
+directed toward him Tom understood that he
+was the subject of deliberation. In fact, his
+fate was being decided.</p>
+
+<p>It was certainly a trying ordeal for our
+young hero. He was not sure of half an hour's
+life. An unfavorable decision might be followed
+by immediate execution. Tom felt that
+his best course was to remain perfectly passive.
+He could not understand what was said; but
+we are able to acquaint the reader with the
+general purport of the conference.</p>
+
+<p>Several of the Indians favored immediate
+death.</p>
+
+<p>"Our brother's blood calls for vengeance,"
+they said. "The white boy must die."</p>
+
+<p>"The boy did not kill him," said others.
+"It was the white warrior who spilled our
+brother's blood. He must be pursued and
+slain."</p>
+
+<p>"What, then, shall be done with the boy?
+Shall he go?"</p>
+
+<p>"No; we will keep him. He has strong
+limbs. We will adopt him into our tribe. He
+will make a brave warrior."</p>
+
+<p>"He shall be my brother," said the chief.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[238]</a></span>
+"I will take him in place of my brother who is
+dead."</p>
+
+<p>There was a low murmur of approval.
+Even those who had first recommended the
+infliction of death seemed to have changed
+their minds. They looked at the boy as he
+lay stretched out upon the ground. He was
+stout, comely, and strongly made. He had
+proved that he was an admirable rider. If
+he should join them he would grow up into a
+warrior who would do credit to their tribe.</p>
+
+<p>So the matter was settled. The only thing
+that remained was to acquaint the prisoner
+with the decision.</p>
+
+<p>The interpreter approached Tom, and said,
+"White boy, you are our captive. Why should
+we not kill you?"</p>
+
+<p>"You can if you wish," answered Tom;
+"but why should you kill me? I have done
+you no harm."</p>
+
+<p>"Our brother is killed. He lies dead upon
+the plain."</p>
+
+<p>"I did not kill him," said Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"The white boy speaks truth. He did not
+kill our brother, but his white friend took his
+life."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[239]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"You ought not to kill me for that," said
+Tom, gathering courage, for he inferred he
+was to live.</p>
+
+<p>"The white boy speaks truth, and therefore
+he shall live, but he must join us. He must
+live with us, hunt with us, and fight for us."</p>
+
+<p>"You want me to become an Indian!"
+ejaculated Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"We will take you in place of the warrior
+that is gone," said the interpreter.</p>
+
+<p>Tom looked thoughtful. He did not enjoy
+the prospect before him, but it was, at all
+events, better than death. While there was
+life there was hope of escape. He concluded
+to make one appeal for freedom, and, if that
+was denied, to accept the proposal.</p>
+
+<p>"I have a father and mother far away," he
+said; "I have brothers and a sister, who will
+mourn for me. My father is poor; he needs
+my help. Let me go back to them."</p>
+
+<p>The interpreter communicated Tom's words
+to his companions, but it was easy to see that
+they were not favorably received. The original
+advocates of the death penalty looked at
+our hero with hostile eyes, and he saw that he
+had made a mistake.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[240]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"The white boy must become one of us; he
+must take our brother's place, or he must
+die," said the interpreter.</p>
+
+<p>Tom very sensibly concluded that it would
+be better to live with the Indians than to be
+killed, and signified his acceptance of the offer.
+Upon this the Indians formed a circle about
+him, and broke into a monotonous chant, accompanied
+with sundry movements of the
+limbs, which appeared to be their way of welcoming
+him into their tribe.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed like a dream to Tom. He found it
+very hard to realize his position, so unexpectedly
+had he been placed in it. He could
+not help wondering what the family at home
+would say when they should learn that he had
+joined an Indian tribe far beyond the Mississippi.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XXXI.</h2>
+
+<h3>TOM GIVES A MAGICAL SOIREE.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Tom</span> had no intention of passing his life
+with the Indians. In joining them he submitted
+to necessity. It gave him a respite, and a
+chance to devise plans of escape. He understood<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[241]</a></span>
+very well that, if he made the attempt
+and failed, his life would be the forfeit. But
+Tom determined to take the risk, though his
+life was sweet to him; but, of course, he must
+wait for a favorable opportunity.</p>
+
+<p>There was a chance of his being rescued by
+his party, but this chance was diminished by
+the decision of his Indian captors to break
+camp, and proceed in a northerly direction,
+while the course of the emigrant train was, of
+course, westward. Little time was wasted.
+The Indians mounted their horses, Tom being
+put on the horse of the fallen brave. The
+leader put himself at the head, and Tom was
+placed in the center, surrounded by Indians.
+It was evident that they were not willing to
+trust him yet. They meant to afford him no
+chance of escape.</p>
+
+<p>As the only one of the band with whom Tom
+could converse was the interpreter, who rode
+at the head with the chief, he rode in silence.
+The Indians on either side of him never turned
+their heads toward him, but, grave and impassive,
+rode on, looking straight before them.</p>
+
+<p>"This is easier than walking," thought
+Tom; "but I would a hundred times rather<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[242]</a></span>
+walk with Scott, or Miles, than ride in my
+present company."</p>
+
+<p>They rode for three hours, and then dismounted
+for the midday rest.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing had been seen or heard of his old
+friends, and that made Tom anxious and
+thoughtful.</p>
+
+<p>"They have gone on without me, leaving me
+to my fate," he said to himself, and the reflection
+gave him a pang. He had been on such
+pleasant and friendly terms with the whole
+party, that this cold desertion&mdash;as it appeared&mdash;wounded
+him. The young are more sensitive
+in such cases than their elders. As we grow
+older we cease to expect too much of those
+whose interests differ from our own.</p>
+
+<p>Tom felt that his fate was more and more
+bound up with the Indians. If some days
+should pass before he could escape, he would
+find himself in an embarrassing condition.
+Suppose he got away safely, he would find himself
+in a pathless plain, without provisions,
+and with no other guide than the sun. If he
+should meet with no party, he would die of
+starvation. The prospect seemed by no means
+bright.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[243]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>I am bound to say that, for a time, Tom, in
+spite of his bright, sanguine temperament,
+was greatly depressed; but his spirits were
+elastic.</p>
+
+<p>"I won't give up to despair," he said to himself.
+"Something tells me that I shall come
+out right. I must wait and watch my
+chances."</p>
+
+<p>Upon this his face brightened, and his air,
+which had been listless, became more animated.
+The Indians glanced at him, with grave approval.
+They concluded that he was becoming
+reconciled to living among them.</p>
+
+<p>When the simple midday meal was placed
+upon the ground, and the Indians gathered
+around it in a sitting posture, Tom followed
+their example, and did full justice to the dinner.
+In fact, he had taken so much exercise
+that he felt hungry. Besides, he knew that he
+must keep up his strength, if he wished to escape;
+so, instead of keeping aloof in sullen dissatisfaction,
+he displayed a "healthy appetite."</p>
+
+<p>After resting several hours the Indians resumed
+their journey, but did not travel far.
+They were in no hurry. They had no long
+journey to make across the continent. They<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[244]</a></span>
+only wished to go far enough to be safe from
+attack by a rescuing party of Tom's friends.
+Again they encamped, and this time, from the
+preparations made, he understood that it was
+for the night.</p>
+
+<p>One thing Tom could not help noticing&mdash;the
+silence of these red children of the plains.
+They seemed to make no conversation with
+each other, except on necessary matters, and
+then their words were few in number, replies
+being often made in a monosyllable.</p>
+
+<p>"They don't seem very social," thought
+Tom. "I suppose they have nothing to talk
+about. I wonder if the squaws ever have sewing-circles.
+If they have, they can't be much
+like Yankee women if they don't find plenty
+to talk about."</p>
+
+<p>The silence became oppressive. Tom would
+have liked to take a walk, but he knew that
+this would not be allowed. It would be
+thought that he wanted to escape. Yet to sit
+mute hour after hour seemed to Tom intolerably
+stupid. A bold idea came to him. He
+would try to afford them some amusement.</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly, he said to the interpreter:
+"Shall I show you a trick?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[245]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The interpreter communicated the proposal
+to his comrades, and permission was granted.</p>
+
+<p>Tom took from his pocket a penny. He explained
+to the interpreter that he would swallow
+the penny, and make it come out at his
+nose&mdash;a common boy's trick. The Indians, to
+whom this also was communicated, looked
+curious and incredulous, and Tom proceeded.</p>
+
+<p>Now, I am not going to explain how Tom
+accomplished the illusion. That I leave to the
+ingenuity of my boy readers to discover. It is
+enough to say that he succeeded, to the great
+amazement of his copper-colored spectators.
+There was a chorus of ughs! and Tom was requested
+to repeat the trick.</p>
+
+<p>He did so, the Indians being as puzzled as
+before.</p>
+
+<p>Now, Indians are, in many respects, like
+children. They displayed, on this occasion, a
+childish curiosity and wonder that amused
+Tom. They insisted on his opening his month,
+to ascertain whether there was any hidden
+avenue from his mouth to his nose, and found,
+to their surprise, that his mouth was like their
+own. Then one of the Indians volunteered to
+try the experiment, and nearly choked himself<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[246]</a></span>
+with the penny, which, it must be remembered,
+was one of the large, old-fashioned, copper
+coins, in circulation before the war. It cannot
+be said that he turned black in the face,
+but he certainly gasped, and rolled his eyes
+in a manner that alarmed his friends, and
+they instinctively looked to Tom for help.
+Tom was equal to the emergency. He rose
+hastily, slapped the Indian forcibly on the
+back, and the cent was ejected from his mouth.</p>
+
+<p>There was another chorus of ughs! and it
+was evident that Tom had risen vastly in their
+opinion. They looked upon him as a white
+magician, and even were a little afraid that
+he might work them injury in some way. But
+Tom's frank, good-humored manner reassured
+them. They asked him, through the interpreter,
+if he could perform any other tricks.
+Tom knew a few, that he had learned out of an
+old tattered book which had fallen in his way
+at home; and such as he had facilities for he
+attempted, to the great delight of his new
+friends. Tom was becoming popular; and
+even those who had at first recommended death
+were glad that his life had been spared.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[247]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XXXII.</h2>
+
+<h3>TOM'S ESCAPE.</h3>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Night</span> came, and the Indian camp was
+hushed and still. It was long before Tom went
+to sleep. Generally he was a good sleeper, but
+his mind at present was too active for slumber.
+"How long is this strange life going to
+last?" he asked himself. "How long am I to
+be exiled from civilization?" This was more
+easily asked than answered.</p>
+
+<p>When he slept, his sleep was troubled. He
+dreamed that Lawrence Peabody was a captive,
+and that the chief was about to scalp
+him, when suddenly he awoke. He could not
+at first tell where he was, but a glance revealed
+the disheartening truth.</p>
+
+<p>He must have slept several hours, for the
+gray dawn was creeping up the sky, heralding
+sunrise. He leaned on his elbow, and bent a
+searching glance upon his companions. They<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[248]</a></span>
+were stretched motionless upon the ground,
+hushed in the insensibility of sleep. "Are
+they asleep?" Tom asked himself. He satisfied
+himself that the slumber was genuine, and
+there sprang up in his heart the wild hope of
+escape. A few rods distant the horses were
+fastened. Could he unfasten and mount one
+before any of them a wakened?</p>
+
+<p>Tom's heart beat quick with excitement.
+He knew that he ran a fearful risk; but he
+made up his mind that now was his time.</p>
+
+<p>Slowly, and without noise, he raised himself
+to his feet. As he stood erect, he closely
+scanned the sleepers. There was not a motion.
+With stealthy steps he crept to the horses.
+He selected the one he had ridden the day before,
+and unloosed him. The animal gave a
+slight whinny, and Tom's heart was in his
+throat. But no one stirred. He quickly
+mounted the animal, and walked him for a few
+rods, then gave him a loose rein, and was
+soon speeding away. Just then the sun rose,
+and this guided him in the direction he was
+to take.</p>
+
+<p>He had got a mile away, when, looking back
+through the clear air, he saw, to his dismay,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[249]</a></span>
+that his flight had been discovered. The Indians
+were mounting their horses.</p>
+
+<p>"I must gallop for life," thought Tom.
+"They will kill me if they catch me."</p>
+
+<p>He urged on his horse by all the means in
+his power. Luckily it was one of the two
+fleetest horses the Indians possessed, the other
+being ridden by their leader.</p>
+
+<p>Tom's hope was sustained by this fact, which
+he had proof of the day before.</p>
+
+<p>Rather to his surprise, he did not feel as
+much frightened as he anticipated. He felt
+excited, and this was his prominent feeling.
+Probably he felt like a soldier in the heat of
+battle.</p>
+
+<p>But the odds against Tom were terrible, and
+his chance of escape seemed very slender. Behind
+him was a band of savages, accustomed to
+the plains, strong, wily, enduring, and persistent.
+He was new to the plains, and a mere
+boy. Moreover, he did not know where to find
+his party. There were no sign-boards upon the
+prairies, but a vast, uniform expanse stretching
+farther than the eye could reach.</p>
+
+<p>Inch by inch, foot by foot, the Indians<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[250]</a></span>
+gained upon him, the leader considerably in
+advance.</p>
+
+<p>Even if he alone were to overtake Tom, our
+hero would of course be no match for a strong,
+full-grown warrior, more especially as he had
+no weapon with him. By some mischance he
+had left it in the camp.</p>
+
+<p>Tom's heart began to fail him. His horse
+could not always, perhaps not long, keep up
+his headlong speed. Then would follow capture,
+and a painful death.</p>
+
+<p>"It's hard," thought Tom sadly; "hard for
+me and for my dear parents and brothers and
+sisters. Why did I ever leave home?"</p>
+
+<p>He turned in the saddle, and saw the Indian
+leader, evidently nearer. But he saw something
+else. He saw a herd of buffaloes, thousands
+in number, impetuously rushing across
+the plain from the west. Their speed was
+great. They seemed to be blindly following
+their leader.</p>
+
+<p>"Good heavens!" ejaculated Tom, in great
+excitement; "the Indians are in their path.
+If the herd does not stop, they will be destroyed."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[251]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The Indians were fully aware of their great
+danger. They knew the plains well, and the
+terrible, resistless power of these wild herds
+when once on the march. They no longer
+thought of Tom, but of their own safety. But
+the buffaloes were close at hand. They were
+sweeping on like a whirlwind. The Indians
+could only ride on, and trust to clear them.
+But their pathway was wide. It reached to
+within a furlong of where Tom was riding.
+They never paused; some of the animals in
+the advance might have veered to the right or
+left on seeing the Indians, but the pressure
+from behind prevented. The savages saw their
+fate, and it inspired them with more dread
+than an encounter with white foes. Finally,
+they halted in despair, and their fate overtook
+them. Riders and steeds were overthrown as
+by a flash of lightning. The dark, shaggy herd
+did not stop, but dashed on. Tom, in awe and
+excitement, halted his horse, and watched the
+terrible sight. He could not but sympathize
+with his late companions, though he knew they
+would have taken his life.</p>
+
+<p>The buffaloes passed on, but left no life behind
+them. The Indians and their horses were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[252]</a></span>
+all trampled to death. Tom was alone upon
+the plains.</p>
+
+<p>He thanked God in his heart for his self-deliverance;
+though he shuddered at the manner
+in which it was wrought. He, too, had
+been near being overwhelmed, but, through
+God's mercy, had escaped.</p>
+
+<p>But for what had he escaped? Unless he
+found his own party, or some other, he would
+starve to death, or might fall into the power
+of some other tribe of Indians. He must ride
+on.</p>
+
+<p>An hour later he thought he saw in the distance
+a solitary horseman. It might be an
+Indian; but that was not likely, for they generally
+traveled in numbers. It was more likely
+to be a white man. Any white man would be
+a friend, and could guide him to safety, unless
+he were himself lost. At any rate, there
+seemed but one course to follow, and that to
+ride toward the stranger.</p>
+
+<p>When Tom drew near his heart was filled
+with sudden joy, for, in the new arrival, he
+recognized John Miles. Miles was no less delighted.</p>
+
+<p>"Tom, old boy," he said, "is it you? How<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[253]</a></span>
+did you get away? I was afraid we should
+never see you again."</p>
+
+<p>"I feared so myself," said Tom; "but I
+have been saved in a wonderful manner. Has
+the train moved on?"</p>
+
+<p>"Do you think we would go on without you?
+Not a man was willing to stir till you were
+found. Even Peabody, though afraid of falling
+into the hands of the Indians, and losing
+his scalp, was in favor of our waiting. The
+boys are very anxious about you."</p>
+
+<p>Tom heard this with satisfaction. The esteem
+of our friends and associates is dear to
+us all; and it is always sad to think that we
+may be forgotten in absence.</p>
+
+<p>"But you have not told me of your escape,
+Tom," said Miles. "Where are the Indians
+who captured you?"</p>
+
+<p>"All dead!" answered Tom solemnly.</p>
+
+<p>"Good heavens! You don't mean to
+say&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"That I killed them? Oh, no! Look over
+there! Can you see anything?"</p>
+
+<p>Miles looked earnestly.</p>
+
+<p>"I think I see upon the ground some men
+and horses."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[254]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"It is the Indians. They were pursuing me
+when they were trampled to death by a herd of
+buffaloes."</p>
+
+<p>"Wonderful!" ejaculated Miles. "I have
+heard of such things, but hardly believed in
+them."</p>
+
+<p>"It was a terrible sight," said Tom soberly.
+"I wish I could have been saved in some
+other way."</p>
+
+<p>"It was you or they," said Miles sententiously.
+"It is well as it is."</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<p>They were warmly welcomed at the camp.
+Tom was looked upon as one raised from the
+dead; and the particulars of his wonderful
+escape were called for again and again.</p>
+
+<p>"You are sure they didn't scalp you, Tom?"
+asked Mr. Peabody.</p>
+
+<p>"Feel and see, Mr. Peabody," said Tom,
+smiling. "I believe my hair is pretty firm."</p>
+
+<p>"I wouldn't have been in your shoes for all
+the gold in California," said Peabody fervently.</p>
+
+<p>"I believe you, Mr. Peabody. Indeed, I
+think I may say that I wouldn't be placed in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[255]</a></span>
+the same situation again for all the gold in
+the world."</p>
+
+<p>"Tom," said Scott, "you are bound to succeed."</p>
+
+<p>"What makes you think so?"</p>
+
+<p>"You have shown so much pluck and coolness
+that you are sure to get along."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope so, I am sure, for my father's sake."</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<p>Some weeks later a wagon-train was seen
+slowly climbing a mountain pass on the crest
+of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. They
+reached the summit, and, looking eagerly to
+the westward, saw the land of gold at their
+feet. They had been months in reaching it.
+Now it lay spread before them, glorious in the
+sunlight.</p>
+
+<p>"Yonder lies the promised land, my lad,"
+said Ferguson. "It remains to be seen
+whether we shall be rewarded for our long and
+toilsome journey."</p>
+
+<p>"If hard work will win success, I mean to
+succeed," said Tom stoutly.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't see any gold," said Lawrence Peabody,
+with a disappointed air.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[256]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Did you think it grew on trees, Mr. Peabody?"
+asked Scott sarcastically.</p>
+
+<p>"I should like to stop a week at a first-class
+hotel before getting to work," remarked Peabody.
+"I don't like roughing it."</p>
+
+<p>"We will leave you at the first hotel of that
+sort we meet. Now, boys, gather about me,
+and give three rousing cheers for California."</p>
+
+<p>Thus spoke Miles, and swung his hat. The
+cheers were given with a will, and the wagon-train
+commenced the descent.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE END.</h3>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<div class='tnote'><h3>Transcriber's Notes:</h3>
+<p>The original text did not include a table of contents. One was added to
+assist the reader.</p>
+<p>Obvious punctuation errors repaired.</p>
+<p><a href="#repeat">Page 105</a>, a repeated sentence was removed. ("I'm out of luck, and out of cash, Vincent.")</p>
+<p>The remaining corrections made are indicated by dotted lines under the corrections. Scroll the mouse over the word and the original text will <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'apprear'">appear</ins>.</p></div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Young Adventurer, by Horatio Alger
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE YOUNG ADVENTURER ***
+
+***** This file should be named 27300-h.htm or 27300-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/2/7/3/0/27300/
+
+Produced by Fox in the Stars, Brenda Lewis, Emmy and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/27300-h/images/cover.jpg b/27300-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3fc1ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27300-h/images/cover.jpg
Binary files differ